Lg PRHR030 Air Conditioner Service manual


Add to my manuals
355 Pages

advertisement

Lg PRHR030 Air Conditioner Service manual | Manualzz

Internal Use Only http://biz.lgservice.com

System

Air Conditioner

SERVICE MANUAL R410A

(Exploded View)

MODEL : ARUB Series

CAUTION

Before Servicing the unit, read the safety precautions in General SVC manual.

Only for authorized service personnel.

Air Conditioner Service Manual

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Safety Precautions

............................................................................................................................3

Part 1

General Information

........................................................................................................................11

Model Names...............................................................................................................................12

External Appearance ...................................................................................................................13

Combination of Outdoor Units......................................................................................................15

Nomenclature...............................................................................................................................16

Outdoor Units Information ............................................................................................................18

HR Units Information ...................................................................................................................19

Part 2

Indoor Units

.....................................................................................................................................21

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (1 way).......................................................................................23

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (2 way).......................................................................................33

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (4 way).......................................................................................43

Art Cool Type ...............................................................................................................................55

Art Cool Type(Wide).....................................................................................................................69

Art Cool Type(Mirror)....................................................................................................................83

Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (Low static)....................................................................................99

Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (Built in).......................................................................................109

Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (High static).................................................................................119

Wall Mounted Type.....................................................................................................................131

Convertible Type ........................................................................................................................145

Floor Standing Type ...................................................................................................................157

Part 3

Outdoor Units

................................................................................................................................167

Part 4

HR Units

......................................................................................................................................213

Part 5

PCB Setting & Test Run

...............................................................................................................223

Part 6

Trouble shooting guide

................................................................................................................243

Part 7

Exploded View

.........................................................

...........................................

.........................311

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 2 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Safety Precautions

Safety Precautions

To prevent injury to the user or other people and property damage, the following instructions must be followed.

Incorrect operation due to ignoring instruction will cause harm or damage. The seriousness is classified by the following indications.

WARNING

This symbol indicates the possibility of death or serious injury.

CAUTION

This symbol indicates the possibility of injury or damage to properties only.

Meanings of symbols used in this manual are as shown below.

Be sure not to do.

Be sure to follow the instruction.

WARNING

Installation

Have all electric work done by a licensed electrician according to "Electric Facility

Engineering Standard" and "Interior Wire

Regulations" and the instructions given in this manual and always use a special circuit.

• If the power source capacity is inadequate or electric work is performed improperly, electric shock or fire may result.

Ask the dealer or an authorized technician to install the air conditioner.

• Improper installation by the user may result in water leakage, electric shock, or fire.

Always ground the product.

• There is risk of fire or electric shock.

Always intstall a dedicated circuit and breaker.

• Improper wiring or installation may cause fire or electric shock.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 3 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Safety Precautions

For re-installation of the installed product, always contact a dealer or an Authorized

Service Center.

• There is risk of fire, electric shock, explosion, or injury.

Do not install, remove, or re-install the unit by yourself (customer).

• There is risk of fire, electric shock, explosion, or injury.

Do not store or use flammable gas or combustibles near the air conditioner.

• There is risk of fire or failure of product.

Use the correctly rated breaker or fuse.

• There is risk of fire or electric shock.

Gasolin

Prepare for strong wind or earthquake and install the unit at the specified place.

• Improper installation may cause the unit to topple and result in injury.

Do not install the product on a defective installation stand.

• It may cause injury, accident, or damage to the product.

When installing and moving the air conditioner to another site, do not charge it with a different refrigerant from the refrigerant specified on the unit.

• If a different refrigerant or air is mixed with the original refrigerant, the refrigerant cycle may malfunction and the unit may be damaged.

Do not reconstruct to change the settings of the protection devices.

• If the pressure switch, thermal switch, or other protection device is shorted and operated forcibly, or parts other than those specified by

LGE are used, fire or explosion may result.

R410A

R22

R407C

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 4 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Ventilate before operating air conditioner when gas leaked out.

• It may cause explosion, fire, and burn.

Safety Precautions

Securely install the cover of control box and the panel.

• If the cover and panel are not installed securely, dust or water may enter the outdoor unit and fire or electric shock may result.

If the air conditioner is installed in a small room, measures must be taken to prevent the refrigerant concentration from exceeding the safety limit when the refrigerant leaks.

• Consult the dealer regarding the appropriate measures to prevent the safety limit from being exceeded. Should the refrigerant leak and cause the safety limit to be exceeded, harzards due to lack of oxygen in the room could result.

Operation

Do not damage or use an unspecified power cord.

• There is risk of fire, electric shock, explosion, or injury.

Use a exclusive outlet for this appliance.

• There is risk of fire or electrical shock.

Be cautious that water could not enter the product.

• There is risk of fire, electric shock, or product damage.

Do not touch the power switch with wet hands.

• There is risk of fire, electric shock, explosion, or injury.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 5 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Safety Precautions

When the product is soaked (flooded or submerged), contact an Authorized Service

Center.

• There is risk of fire or electric shock.

Be cautious not to touch the sharp edges when installing.

• It may cause injury.

Take care to ensure that nobody could step on or fall onto the outdoor unit.

• This could result in personal injury and product damage.

Do not open the inlet grille of the product during operation. (Do not touch the electrostatic filter, if the unit is so equipped.)

• There is risk of physical injury, electric shock, or product failure.

Installation

Always check for gas (refrigerant) leakage after installation or repair of product.

CAUTION

Do not install the product where the noise or hot air from the outdoor unit could damage the neighborhoods.

• Low refrigerant levels may cause failure of product.

• It may cause a problem for your neighbors.

Keep level even when installing the product.

• To avoid vibration or water leakage.

90˚

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

Do not install the unit where combustible gas may leak.

• If the gas leaks and accumulates around the unit, an explosion may result.

Gasolin

- 6 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Use power cables of sufficient current carrying capacity and rating.

• Cables that are too small may leak, generate heat, and cause a fire.

Safety Precautions

Do not use the product for special purposes, such as preserving foods, works of art, etc. It is a consumer air conditioner, not a precision refrigeration system.

• There is risk of damage or loss of property.

Keep the unit away from children. The heat exchanger is very sharp.

• It can cause the injury, such as cutting the finger.

Also the damaged fin may result in degradation of capacity.

When installting the unit in a hospital, communication station, or similar place, provide sufficient protection against noise.

• The inverter equipment, private power generator, high-frequency medical equipment, or radio communication equipment may cause the air conditioner to operate erroneously, or fail to operate. On the other hand, the air conditioner may affect such equipment by creating noise that disturbs medical treatment or image broadcasting.

Do not install the product where it is exposed to sea wind (salt spray) directly.

• It may cause corrosion on the product. Corrosion, particularly on the condenser and evaporator fins, could cause product malfunction or inefficient operation.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 7 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Safety Precautions

Operation

Do not use the air conditioner in special environments.

• Oil, steam, sulfuric smoke, etc. can significantly reduce the performance of the air conditioner or damage its parts.

Do not block the inlet or outlet.

• It may cause failure of appliance or accident.

Make the connections securely so that the outside force of the cable may not be applied to the terminals.

• Inadequate connection and fastening may generate heat and cause a fire.

Be sure the installation area does not deteriorate with age.

• If the base collapses, the air conditioner could fall with it, causing property damage, product failure, or personal injury.

Install and insulate the drain hose to ensure that water is drained away properly based on the installation manual.

• A bad connection may cause water leakage.

Be very careful about product transportation.

• Only one person should not carry the product if it weighs more than 20 kg.

• Some products use PP bands for packaging. Do not use any PP bands for a means of transportation. It is dangerous.

• Do not touch the heat exchanger fins. Doing so may cut your fingers.

• When transporting the outdoor unit, suspending it at the specified positions on the unit base. Also support the outdoor unit at four points so that it cannot slip sideways.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 8 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Safely dispose of the packing materials.

Safety Precautions

Turn on the power at least 6 hours before starting operation.

• Packing materials, such as nails and other metal or wooden parts, may cause stabs or other injuries.

• Tear apart and throw away plastic packaging bags so that children may not play with them. If children play with a plastic bag which was not torn apart, they face the risk of suffocation.

• Starting operation immediately after turning on the main power switch can result in severe damage to internal parts. Keep the power switch turned on during the operational season.

Do not touch any of the refrigerant piping during and after operation.

• It can cause a burn or frostbite.

Do not operate the air conditioner with the panels or guards removed.

• Rotating, hot, or high-voltage parts can cause injuries.

Do not directly turn off the main power switch after stopping operation.

• Wait at least 5 minutes before turning off the main power switch. Otherwise it may result in water leakage or other problems.

Auto-addressing should be done in condition of connecting the power of all indoor and outdoour units. Auto-addressing should also be done in case of changing the indoor unit PCB.

Use a firm stool or ladder when cleaning or maintaining the air conditioner.

• Be careful and avoid personal injury.

Do not insert hands or other objects through the air inlet or outlet while the air conditioner is plugged in.

• There are sharp and moving parts that could cause personal injury.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 9 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Safety Precautions

Avoid a place where rain may enter since the

HR unit is for indoor

• There is risk of property damage, failure of product, or electric shock.

Install the HR unit at a place in which it

Is not affected by operation mode changing noise.

• Installation within cell such as meeting room etc, may disturb business due to noise.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 10 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Part 1

General Information

1. Model Names

.................................................................12

1.1 Indoor Unit .................................................................12

1.2 Outdoor Unit...............................................................12

1.3 HR Unit ......................................................................12

2. External Appearance

.....................................................13

2.1 Indoor Unit .................................................................13

2.2 Outdoor Unit...............................................................14

2.3 HR Unit ......................................................................14

3. Combination of Outdoor Units

.....................................15

4. Nomenclature

.................................................................16

4.1 Indoor Unit .................................................................16

4.2 Outdoor Unit...............................................................16

4.3 HR Unit ......................................................................17

5. Outdoor Units Information

............................................18

6. HR Units Information

.....................................................19

6.1 HR Units.....................................................................19

6.2 Reducers for Indoor Units and HR Units....................19

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 11 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Model Names

1. Model Names

1.1 Indoor Unit

Category

Wall Mounted

(General)

ART COOL

Ceiling

Cassette

Chassis

Name

7k

(2.2)

9k

(2.8)

12k

(3.6)

SE ARNU07GSE*1 ARNU09GSE*1 ARNU12GSE*1

S5

Capacity(Btu/h(kW))

18k

(5.6)

24k

(7.1)

28k

(8.2)

ARNU18GS5*1 ARNU24GS5*1

Mirror SE ARNU07GSE*1 ARNU09GSE*1 ARNU12GSE*1

S3

ART COOL SP ARNU07GSP*1 ARNU09GSP*1 ARNU12GSP*1

ART COOL Wide SV

1 Way

2 Way

4 Way

ARNU18GS3*1 ARNU24GS3*1

ARNU18GSV*1

TE

TH

TJ ARNU07GTJ*1 ARNU09GTJ*1 ARNU12GTJ*1

TL ARNU18GTL*1 ARNU24GTL*1

ARNU09GTE*1 ARNU12GTE*1 ARNU18GTE*1

ARNU24GTH*1 ARNU28GTH*1

Ceiling

Concealed

Duct

TD

BH

High Static BG

BR

Low Static

B1 ARNU07GB1G1 ARNU09GB1G1 ARNU12GB1G1

B2

B3

ARNU07GB3G1 ARNU09GB3G1 ARNU12GB3G1

PBSGB10 PBSGB10 PBSGB10

PBSC10 PBSC10 PBSC10

Built-in

B4

ARNU18GBHA1 ARNU24GBHA1

ARNU18GB2G1 ARNU24GB2G1

ARNU18GB4G1 ARNU24GB4G1

PBSGB20

PBSC20

PBSGB20

PBSC20

36k

(10.6)

42k

(12.3)

48k

(14.1)

ARNU36GTD*1 ARNU42GTD*1 ARNU48GTD*1

ARNU28GBGA1 ARNU36GBGA1 ARNU42GBGA1

ARNU48GBRA1

Ceiling & Floor

Ceiling Suspended

Floor

Standing

With Case

Without Case

VE

VJ

ARNU09GVEA1 ARNU12GVEA1

CE ARNU07GCEA1 ARNU09GCEA1 ARNU12GCEA1

CF

CE ARNU07GCEU1 ARNU09GCEU1 ARNU12GCEU1

CF

ARNU18GVJA1 ARNU24GVJA1

ARNU18GCFA1 ARNU24GCFA1

ARNU18GCFU1 ARNU24GCFU1

* ART COOL- Color, Ceiling Cassette- A:Basic C:Plasma, Wall Mounted- A:Basic L:Plasma

1.2 Outdoor Unit

Power Supply

3Ø, 380 ~ 415V, 50Hz

8HP

808T1

10HP

1008T1

12HP

1208T1

14HP

1408T1

16HP

1608T1

18HP

1808T1

20HP

2008T1

22HP

2208T1

Power Supply

3Ø, 380 ~ 415V, 50Hz

Heat Recovery

24HP 26HP 28HP 30HP 32HP 34HP 36HP 38HP 40HP

2408T1 2608T1 2808T1 3008T1 3208T1 3408T1 3608T1 3808T1 4008T1

ARUB

1.3 HR Unit

Power supply

1Ø,220~240V,50/60 Hz

2 rooms

PRHR020

3 rooms

PRHR030

4 rooms

PRHR040

- 12 -

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

LGE Internal Use Only

External Appearance

2. External Appearance

2.1 Indoor Units

Ceiling Cassette- 1Way

ARNU07GTJA1

ARNU09GTJA1

ARNU12GTJA1

Ceiling Cassette -2Way

ARNU18GTLA1

ARNU24GTLA1

Ceiling Cassette- 4Way

ARNU09GTEA1

ARNU12GTEA1

ARNU18GTEA1

ARNU24GTHA1

ARNU28GTHA1

ARNU36GTDA1

ARNU42GTDA1

ARNU48GTDA1

Ceiling Concealed Duct - Low Static

ARNU07GB1G1

ARNU09GB1G1

ARNU12GB1G1

ARNU18GB2G1

ARNU24GB2G1

ART COOL Mirror

ARNU07GSE*1

ARNU09GSE*1

ARNU12GSE*1

ARNU18GS3*1

ARNU24GS3*1

S3:* B : Blue

M : Metal

D : Wood

R : Mirror

C : Cherry

W : White

ART COOL Wide

ARNU18GSV*1

* B : Blue

D : Wood

M : Metal

W : White

SE:* R:Mirror

V:Silver

B : Blue

Ceiling Concealed Duct - High Static

ARNU18GBHA1

ARNU24GBHA1

ARNU28GBGA1

ARNU36GBGA1

ARNU42GBGA1

ARNU48GBRA1

Wall Mounted

ARNU07GSEA1

ARNU09GSEA1

ARNU12GSEA1

ARNU18GS5A1

ARNU24GS5A1

ART COOL

ARNU07GSP*1

ARNU09GSP*1

ARNU12GSP*1

* B : Blue

D : Wood

M : Metal

W : White

Ceiling Concealed Duct-Built in

ARNU07GB1G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc'y)

ARNU09GB1G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc'y)

ARNU12GB1G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc'y)

ARNU18GB2G1+PBSGB20(Acc'y), PBSC20(Acc'y)

ARNU24GB2G1+PBSGB20(Acc'y), PBSC20(Acc'y)

Ceiling & Floor

ARNU09GVEA1

ARNU12GVEA1

Ceiling Suspended

ARNU18GVJA1

ARNU24GVJA1

Floor Standing

With case

ARNU07GCEA1

ARNU09GCEA1

ARNU12GCEA1

ARNU18GCFA1

ARNU24GCFA1

Without case

ARNU07GCEU1

ARNU09GCEU1

ARNU12GCEU1

ARNU18GCFU1

ARNU24GCFU1

These are model names of the basic function.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 13 -

LGE Internal Use Only

External Appearance

2.2 Outdoor Units

ARUB808T1

ARUB1008T1

ARUB1208T1

ARUB1408T1

8, 10, 12, 14HP

ARUB2608T1

ARUB2808T1

ARUB3008T1

ARUB3208T1

ARUB3408T1

ARUB3608T1

ARUB3808T1

ARUB4008T1

ARUB1608T1

ARUB1808T1

ARUB2008T1

ARUB2208T1

ARUB2408T1

16, 18, 20, 22, 24HP

26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40HP

2.3 HR Unit

PRHR020 PRHR030 PRHR040

1

2

(For 2 rooms)

1

2

3

(For 3 rooms)

1 2

3

4

(For 4 rooms)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

14

- 14 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Combination of Outdoor Units

3. Combination of Outdoor Units

System Capacity

Number of Units

50Hz

18HP

20HP

22HP

24HP

26HP

28HP

30HP

32HP

8HP

10HP

12HP

14HP

16HP

34HP

36HP

38HP

40HP

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

8

1

2

1

2

1

10

1

1

2

1

1

2

3

2

1

Module

Up to a maximum 40HP are realized by combining 8, 10, 12 and 14HP

12

1

3

2

1

2

1

1

2

14

1

1

2

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 15 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Nomenclature

4. Nomenclature

4.1 Indoor Unit

ARN U 07 G TJ A 1

Serial Number

Combinations of functions

A:Basic function

L:Neo Plasma(Wall Mounted)

C:Plasma(Ceiling Cassette)

ART COOL Type Panel Color

B:Blue D:Wood M:Metal R:Mirror W:White C:Cherry V: Silver

Chassis Name

Electrical Ratings

1:1Ø, 115V, 60Hz 2: 1Ø, 220V, 60Hz

6:1Ø, 220 ~ 240V, 50Hz 7: 1Ø, 100V, 50/60Hz

G:1Ø, 220 ~ 240V, 50Hz / 220V 60Hz

Total Cooling Capacity in Btu/h unit

EX) 5,000 Btu/h ➞ '05' 18,000 Btu/h ➞ '18'

Combination of Inverter Type and

Cooling Only or Heat Pump

N: AC Inverter and H/P V: AC Inverter and C/O

U: DC Inverter and H/P and C/O

Indicates that this is System

Indoor Unit using the R410A

4.2 Outdoor Unit

ARU B 100 8 T 1

Serial Number

Air Discharge Type

S:Side Discharge

T:Top Discharge

Electrical Ratings

8:3Ø, 380 ~ 415V, 50Hz 9: 3Ø, 380V, 60Hz

A: 3Ø, 220V, 50Hz B: 3Ø, 220V, 60Hz

Total Cooling Capacity in Horse Power(HP) unit

EX) 4.5HP

➞ '45' 10HP ➞ '100'

Combination of Inverter Type and

Cooling Only or Heat Pump

N: Inverter and H/P V: Inverter and C/O

H: H/P(Sub Unit) C: C/O(Sub Unit)

B: Inverter and Heat Recovery

S: Heat Recovery (Sub Unit)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

Indicates that this is System

Outdoor Unit using the R410A

- 16 -

LGE Internal Use Only

4.3 HR Unit

PRHR 04 0

Serial Number

No. of Connected Rooms

02 : For 2 Rooms

03 : For 3 Rooms

04 : For 4 Rooms

Indicates that this is System

HR Unit using the R410A

Nomenclature

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 17 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Outdoor units Information

5. Outdoor Units Information

CAUTION:

A ratio of the connectable Indoor Units with Outdoor Units : within 50~130%

Over 130% combination ratio to be reduced the capacity in defrost.

Power Supply: Outdoor Unit (3Ø, 380 ~ 415V, 50Hz)

Heat Recovery System

Unit

System(HP)

Model

Refrigerant Charge(kg/Oz)

Type

CF(Correction Factor)

Max. Connectable No. of Indoor Units

Net Weight kg lbs

Dimensions (W*H*D) mm inch

Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipes[mm(inch)]

Low Pressure Pipes[mm(inch)]

High Pressure Gas Pipes[mm(inch)]

8

ARUB808T1

8/282.2

R410a

-1

13

300

661.4

1280 * 1607 * 730

50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø19.05(3/4)

Ø15.88(5/8)

1 outdoor unit

10

ARUB1008T1

12

ARUB1208T1

8/282.2

R410a

0

16

8/282.2

R410a

1

20

300

661.4

1280 * 1607 * 730

50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø22.2(7/8)

Ø19.05(3/4)

300

661.4

1280 * 1607 * 730

50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø28.58(1

1

/

8

)

Ø19.05(3/4)

14

ARUB1408T1

8/282.2

R410a

2

20

300

661.4

1280 * 1607 * 730

50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø28.58(1

1

/

8

)

Ø22.2(7/8)

Unit

System(HP)

Model

Refrigerant Charge(kg/Oz)

Type

CF(Correction Factor)

Max. Connectable No. of Indoor Units

Net Weight kg

Dimensions (W*H*D) lbs mm inch

Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipes[mm(inch)]

Low Pressure Pipes[mm(inch)]

High Pressure Gas Pipes[mm(inch)]

2 outdoor units 3 outdoor units

16 18 20 22 24 26

ARUB1608T1 ARUB1808T1 ARUB2008T1 ARUB2208T1 ARUB2408T1 ARUB2608T1

ARUB808T1 ARUB1008T1 ARUB1008T1 ARUB1208T1 ARUB1208T1 ARUB1008T1

ARUS808T1 ARUS808T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1208T1 ARUS808T1

16/564.4

R410a

-2

20

300x2

16/564.4

R410a

-1

20

300x2

16/564.4

R410a

0

20

300x2

16/564.4

R410a

1

22

300x2

16/564.4

R410a

2

24

300x2

ARUS808T1

24/846.6

R410a

-2

32

300x3

661.4x2

661.4x2

661.4x2

661.4x2

661.4x2

661.4x3

1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 1280 * 1607 * 730)x3

(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3

Ø12.7(1/2) Ø15.88(5/8) Ø15.88(5/8) Ø15.88(5/8) Ø15.88(5/8) Ø19.05(3/4)

Ø28.58(1

1

/

8

) Ø28.58(1

1

/

8

) Ø28.58(1

1

/

8

) Ø34.9(1

3

/

8

) Ø34.9(1

3

/

8

) Ø34.9(1

3

/

8

)

Ø22.2(7/8) Ø22.2(7/8) Ø22.2(7/8) Ø28.58(1

1

/

8

) Ø28.58(1

1

/

8

) Ø28.58(1

1

/

8

)

Unit

System(HP)

Model

Refrigerant Charge(kg/Oz)

Type

CF(Correction Factor)

Max. Connectable No. of Indoor Units

Net Weight kg lbs

Dimensions (W*H*D) mm inch

Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipes[mm(inch)]

Low Pressure Pipes[mm(inch)]

High Pressure Gas Pipes[mm(inch)]

28 30 32

3 outdoor units

34 36 38 40

ARUB2808T1 ARUB3008T1 ARUB3208T1 ARUB3408T1 ARUB3608T1 ARUB3808T1 ARUB4008T1

ARUB1008T1 ARUB1008T1 ARUB1208T1 ARUB1208T1 ARUB1208T1 ARUB1408T1 ARUB1408T1

ARUS1008T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1208T1 ARUS1208T1 ARUS1208T1 ARUS1408T1

ARUS808T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1208T1 ARUS1208T1 ARUS1208T1

24/846.6

24/846.6

24/846.6

24/846.6

24/846.6

24/846.6

24/846.6

R410a R410a R410a R410a R410a R410a R410a

-1

32

0

32

1

32

2

34

3

36

4

38

5

40

300x3

661.4x3

300x3

661.4x3

300x3

661.4x3

300x3

661.4x3

300x3

661.4x3

300x3

661.4x3

300x3

661.4x3

(1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3

(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3

Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4)

Ø34.9(1

3

/

8

) Ø34.9(1

3

/

8

) Ø34.9(1

3

/

8

) Ø34.9(1

3

/

8

) Ø41.3(1

5

/

8

) Ø41.3(1

5

/

8

) Ø41.3(1

5

/

8

)

Ø28.58(1

1

/

8

) Ø28.58(1

1

/

8

) Ø28.58(1

1

/

8

) Ø28.58(1

1

/

8

) Ø28.58(1

1

/

8

) Ø34.9(1

3

/

8

) Ø34.9(1

3

/

8

)

- 18 -

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

LGE Internal Use Only

HR units Information

6. HR Units Information

6.1 HR Units (Power Supply : 1Ø, 220~240V, 50Hz)

Model

Max. Connectable No. of Indoor Units

Net Weight

Dimensions (W*H*D) kg lbs inch mm

Connecting Pipes Liquid Pipes[mm(inch)]

Low Pressure Pipes[mm(inch)]

High Pressure Gas Pipes[mm(inch)]

PRHR020

2

20

44.1

23.7*10.6*22.1

601*270*562

Ø9.52[3/8]

Ø9.52[3/8]

Ø19.05[3/4]

PRHR030

3

22

48.5

23.7*10.6*22.1

601*270*562

Ø12.7[1/2]

Ø12.7[1/2]

Ø22.2[7/8]

6.2. Reducers for Indoor Units and HR Units

Models

Liquid pipe

PRHR040

4

24

52.9

23.7*10.6*22.1

601*270*562

Ø12.7[1/2]

Ø12.7[1/2]

Ø22.2[7/8]

High pressure

Gas pipe

Low pressure

Indoor unit reducer

OD9.52

Ø6.35

OD15.88

Ø12.7

HR unit reducer

PRHR020

OD9.52

Ø6.35

PRHR030

/

PRHR040

OD12.7

Ø9.52

OD19.05

Ø15.88

Ø12.7

OD12.7

Ø9.52

OD22.2 Ø19.05

Ø15.88

OD15.88

Ø12.7

OD22.2 Ø19.05

Ø15.88

OD28.58

Ø22.22

Ø19.05

OD15.88 Ø12.7

OD19.05

Ø15.88

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 19 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 20 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Part 2

Indoor Units

Ceiling Cassette

1 Way ...............................................................................23

2 Way ...............................................................................33

4 Way ...............................................................................43

Art Cool Series

Art Cool............................................................................55

Art Cool(Wide) .................................................................69

Art Cool(Mirror) ................................................................83

Ceiling Concealed Duct

Low Static ........................................................................99

Built In ............................................................................109

High Static......................................................................119

Wall Mounted(General)

Wall Mounted .................................................................131

Convertible

Convertible.....................................................................145

Floor Standing

Floor Standing................................................................157

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 21 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 22 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (1Way)

1. Specifications .............................................................................24

2. Functions ....................................................................................25

3. Operation Details........................................................................26

4. Dimensions .................................................................................29

5. Piping Diagrams .........................................................................30

6. Wiring Diagrams .........................................................................31

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 23 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H)

Coil

Fan

Body

Front Panel mm inch mm inch

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type m 2

Motor Output x Number

Running Current

W

A

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm

Net Weight kg(lbs)

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable

Panel Color

Panel Name(Acc'y)

* Model Name

A:Basic, C:Plasma

ARNU07GTJ*1

2,200

1,900

7,500

2,500

1Way Ceiling Cassette

ARNU09GTJ*1

2,800

2,400

9,600

3,200

ARNU12GTJ*1

3,600

3,100

12,300

4,000

2,200

8,500

2,800

10,900

3,400

13,600

Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate

860x410x138

33.8x16.1x5.4

1070x480x20

860x410x138

33.8x16.1x5.4

1070x480x20

860x410x138

33.8x16.1x5.4

1070x480x20

42.1x18.9x0.8

2x9x21

42.1x18.9x0.8

2x9x21

42.1x18.9x0.8

2x9x21

0.13 0.13 0.13

Cross Flow Fan

45

Cross Flow Fan

45

Cross Flow Fan

45

0.18 0.18 0.18

7.5/6.5/6 7.5/6.5/6 8/7/6

265/229/212

Direct

BLDC

265/229/212

Direct

BLDC

283/247/212

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Fuse Fuse Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

25.0 25.0 25.0

15(33.1)

40/38/37

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

15(33.1)

40/38/37

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

PT-HJ*

15(33.1)

41/39/37

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are Net Capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 24 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Functions

Indoor Unit

Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller

Sensing the Room Temperature

• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)

Room temperature control

Starting Current Control

• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.

• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.

Indoor Fan Speed Control

• Jet, High, Med, Low, Lolow

Soft Dry Operation Mode

• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.

Airflow Direction Control

• The louver can be set at swing up and down automatically.

Auto Restart

• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.

Deice (defrost) control (Heating)

Hot-start Control (Heating)

Compact and light design

Low noise

Long life filter

High head Drain pump

• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.

• Hot start after defrost ends.

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature will be reached at 25°C.

• To install a unit is very convenient because of smaller size than textile.

High-Ceiling corresponding Function

• The most advanced low-noise design.

• The adoption of turbo fan and round type heat exchanger give the quietest operation.

• Long life wrinkle(type) and washable and anti-bacteria filter is adopted.

• Built-in drain pump automatically drains water.

• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.

• According to the height of ceiling, the RPM of indoor fan motor is selected to increase air reaching distance.

Central Control(Optional)

• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.

Auto Change Over

• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 25 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

3. Operation Details

The functions of main control

Auto Swing Control

• This function is to swing the louver up and down automatically.

Soft-Dry Operation

• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.

Cooling Mode Operation

• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following

Intake Air Temperature

Thermo. ON

(SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C)

Thermo. OFF

(SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C)

Selected

INDOOR FAN

Speed

More than

3 minutes

More than

3 minutes

Selected

Low Low

Speed

Selected

Speed

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 26 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Heating Mode Operation

The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.

Indoor pipe

Temperature

36(42)

°

C

33(39)

°

C

25

°

C

22(20)

°

C

Room

Temperature

Thermal Off

Thermal On

Thermal

Outdoor fan

Indoor fan

ON

Stop Low Low

ON

Setting fan speed

4 Way

Low

Minimum

3min

OFF

OFF

Setting fan speed

ON

Low Stop Stop Low

ON

ON

Setting fan speed

Indoor Unit mode

2TH

(Remo.+Indoor)

Remo. mode

Thermal ON

ST+2

To be selected lower temperature contrast Indoor Unit and Remo.

ST+0

Thermal OFF

ST+4

To be selected lower temperature contrast Indoor Unit and Remo.

ST+2

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 27 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Hot-start Control

The indoor fan does no rotate until the evaporator piping temperature will be reached to 25°C.

The operation diagram is as following.

Pipe temperature

35

°

C

30

°

C

27

°

C

25

°

C

22

°

C

LO

LOW

Indoor fan speed

OFF LOW

SELECTED

FAN

LOW

LOLOW

COMP ON

Auto Change Over

• In response to user's wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.

• The Operation diagram is as following.

Room

Temperature

+F

°

C

+

°

C

+X

°

C

Setting Temperature

ß

-Y

°

C

-1

°

C

-G

°

C

Thermal

Indoor fan

Cycle

O X O X

Setting fan speed

Low

Setting fan speed

Low

Cooling Operation

• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition

Switching condition

Tai

Ts

- G

(2)˚C

Tai

Ts + F(2)˚C

* Tai : Indoor Temperature

* Ts : Setting Temperature

Operation mode switching

Cooling Heating

Heating Cooling

X

Off

O X O X

Setting fan speed

H/Start

Setting fan speed

Heating operation

H/Start

O X

Setting fan speed

Low

Cooling

F

Definition

Cooling switching temperature

G Heating switching temperature

X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling

Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling

Thermal Off Temperature for Heating

Thermal On Temperature for Heating

Default(˚C)

2

2

0.5

0.5

1

0

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 28 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Dimensions

4. Dimensions

ARNU07GTJ*1

ARNU09GTJ*1

ARNU12GTJ*1

32.8

19.1

16.5

961.2

860

138

83

198.8

131 .

Number

1

2

3

4

Name

Liquid pipe connection

Gas pipe connection

Air suction grill

Air discharge grill

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 29 -

1070

939

2

1

30

36

50

83

4

3

Descripition

ø6.35 flare

ø12.7 flare

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

5. Piping Diagrams

Heat Exchanger

EEV

Filter

C.F.F.

Filter lndoor unit

: Thermistor

Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter

Model

ARNU07GTJ*1

ARNU09GTJ*1

ARNU12GTJ*1

:Cooling

:Heating

Gas

12.7(1/2)

[unit: mm(inch)]

Liquid

6.35(1/4)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 30 -

LGE Internal Use Only

6. Wiring Diagrams

Wiring Diagrams

Accessory

CONNECTOR NUMBER

CN-POWER

CN-MOTOR2

CN-D/PUMP

CN-COMM

CN-DISP1

CN-EEV

CN-STEP/M1

CN-FLOAT

CN-PIPE

CN-PIPE/O

CN-ROOM

CN-REMO

LOCATION POINT

AC POWER SUPPLY

FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT

COMMUNICATION

DISPLAY

EEV OUTPUT

STEP MOTOR

FLOAT SWITCH INPUT

PIPE SENSOR

DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR

ROOM SENSOR

REMOTE CONTROLLER

FUNCTION

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP

CONNECTION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT

FLOAT SWITCH SENSING

PIPE THERMISTOR

DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

ROOM THERMISTOR

REMOTE CONTROL LINE

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 31 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 32 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (2Way)

1. Specifications .............................................................................34

2. Functions ....................................................................................36

3. Operation Details........................................................................37

4. Dimensions .................................................................................40

5. Piping Diagrams .........................................................................41

6. Wiring Diagrams .........................................................................42

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 33 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H)

Coil

Fan

Body

Front Panel mm inch mm inch

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area m

2

Type

Motor Output x Number W

Running Current A

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Safety Device

Liquid Side mm(inch)

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm

Net Weight kg(lbs)

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable

Panel Color

Panel Name(Acc'y)

* Model Name

A:Basic, C:Plasma

2Way Ceiling Cassette

ARNU18GTL*1

5,600

4,800

19,100

6,300

5,400

21,500

Galvanized Steel Plate

830x550x225

32.6x21.6x8.9

1050x640x28.5

41.3x25.2x1.1

2x11x20

0.13

Cross Flow Fan

70

0.36

13/12/10

459/424/353

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

25.0

28(61.7)

40/35/30

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

PT-HL*

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are Net Capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 34 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

* Model Name

A:Basic, C:Plasma

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Power cable

Type

Model

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H)

Coil

Fan

Body

Front Panel mm inch mm inch

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type

Motor Output x Number

Running Current m

W

A

2

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Safety Device

Refrigerant Control

Transmission cable

Panel Color

Panel Name(Acc'y)

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm

Net Weight kg(lbs)

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

2Way Ceiling Cassette

ARNU24GTL*1

7,100

6,100

24,200

8,000

6,900

27,300

Galvanized Steel Plate

830x550x225

32.6x21.6x8.9

1050x640x28.5

41.3x25.2x1.1

2x11x20

0.13

Cross Flow Fan

70

0.36

17/15/13

601/530/459

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

25.0

28(61.7)

42/37/32

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

PT-HL*

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are Net Capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 35 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Functions

Indoor Unit

Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller

Sensing the Room Temperature

• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)

Room temperature control

Starting Current Control

• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.

• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.

Indoor Fan Speed Control

• Jet, High, Med, Low, Lolow

Soft Dry Operation Mode

• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.

Airflow Direction Control

• The louver can be set at swing up and down automatically.

Auto Restart

• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.

Deice (defrost) control (Heating)

Hot-start Control (Heating)

Compact and light design

Low noise

Long life filter

High head Drain pump

• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.

• Hot start after defrost ends.

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature will be reached at 25°C.

• To install a unit is very convenient because of smaller size than textile.

High-Ceiling corresponding Function

• The most advanced low-noise design.

• The adoption of turbo fan and round type heat exchanger give the quietest operation.

• Long life wrinkle(type) and washable and anti-bacteria filter is adopted.

• Built-in drain pump automatically drains water.

• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.

• According to the height of ceiling, the RPM of indoor fan motor is selected to increase air reaching distance.

Central Control(Optional)

• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.

Auto Change Over

• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 36 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

3. Operation Details

The functions of main control

Auto Swing Control

• This function is to swing the louver up and down automatically.

Soft-Dry Operation

• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.

Cooling Mode Operation

• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following

Intake Air Temperature

Thermo. ON

(SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C)

Thermo. OFF

(SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C)

Selected

INDOOR FAN

Speed

More than

3 minutes

More than

3 minutes

Selected

Low Low

Speed

Selected

Speed

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 37 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Heating Mode Operation

The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.

Indoor pipe

Temperature

36(42)

°

C

33(39)

°

C

25

°

C

22(20)

°

C

Room

Temperature

Thermal Off

Thermal On

Thermal

Outdoor fan

Indoor fan

Stop Low Low

ON

ON

Setting fan speed

4 Way

Low

Minimum

3min

OFF

OFF

Setting fan speed

ON

Low Stop Stop Low

ON

ON

Setting fan speed

Indoor Unit mode

2TH

(Remo.+Indoor)

Remo. mode

Thermal ON

ST+2

To be selected lower temperature contrast Indoor Unit and Remo.

ST+0

Thermal OFF

ST+4

To be selected lower temperature contrast Indoor Unit and Remo.

ST+2

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 38 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Hot-start Control

The indoor fan does no rotate until the evaporator piping temperature will be reached to 25°C.

The operation diagram is as following.

Pipe temperature

35

°

C

30

°

C

27

°

C

25

°

C

22

°

C

LO

LOW

Indoor fan speed

OFF LOW

SELECTED

FAN

LOW

LOLOW

COMP ON

Auto Change Over

• In response to user's wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.

• The Operation diagram is as following.

Room

Temperature

+F

°

C

+

°

C

+X

°

C

Setting Temperature

ß

-Y

°

C

-1

°

C

-G

°

C

Thermal

Indoor fan

O X O X

Setting fan speed

Low

Setting fan speed

Low

Cooling Operation Cycle

• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition

Switching condition

Tai

Ts - G (2) ℃

* Tai : Indoor Temperature

* Ts : Setting Temperature

Operation mode switching

Cooling Heating

X

Off

O X O X

Setting fan speed

H/Start

Setting fan speed

Heating operation

H/Start

O X

Setting fan speed

Low

Cooling

F

G

Definition

Cooling switching temperature

Heating switching temperature

X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling

Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling

Thermal Off Temperature for Heating

Default(

)

2

2

0.5

0.5

1

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 39 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Dimensions

4. Dimensions

ARNU18GTL*1

ARNU24GTL*1

830

889.2

1050

A

B

TL

225

126.5

28.5

A

B

47.9

2

1

4

3

Number

1

2

3

4

Name

Liquid pipe connection

Gas pipe connection

Air discharge grill

Air suction grill

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 40 -

(unit : mm)

Descripition

(18k) Ø6.35, (24k)Ø9.52

(18k) Ø12.7, (24k)Ø15.88

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

5. Piping Diagrams

Heat Exchanger

EEV

Filter

C.F.F.

Filter lndoor unit

: Thermistor

Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter

Model

ARNU18GTL*1

ARNU24GTL*1

Gas

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø15.88(5/8)

:Cooling

:Heating

[unit: mm(inch)]

Liquid

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 41 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

6. Wiring Diagrams

Accessory

CONNECTOR NUMBER

CN-POWER

CN-MOTOR2

CN-D/PUMP

CN-COMM

CN-DISP1

CN-EEV

CN-VANE1

CN-FLOAT

CN-PIPE1

CN-PIPE2

CN-ROOM

CN-REMO

SPEC

AC POWER SUPPLY

FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT

COMMUNICATION

DISPLAY

EEV OUTPUT

STEP MOTOR

FLOAT SWITCH INPUT

PIPE SENSOR

DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR

ROOM SENSOR

REMOTE CONTROLLER

DESCRIPTION

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP

CONNECTION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT

FLOAT SWITCH SENSING

PIPE THERMISTOR

DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

ROOM THERMISTOR

REMOTE CONTROL LINE

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 42 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Ceiling Mounted Cassette Type (4Way)

1. Specifications .............................................................................44

2. Functions ....................................................................................47

3. Operation Details........................................................................48

4. Dimensions .................................................................................51

5. Piping Diagrams .........................................................................53

6. Wiring Diagrams .........................................................................54

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 43 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H)

Coil

Fan

Body

Front Panel mm inch mm inch

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type m

2

Motor Output x Number

Running Current

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

W

A

Motor type

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Safety Device

Liquid Side mm(inch)

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm

Net Weight kg(lbs)

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable

Panel Color mm mm

2

2

ARNU09GTE*1

2,800

2,400

9,600

3,200

2,800

10,900

4 Way Ceiling Cassette

ARNU12GTE*1

3,600

3,100

12,300

4,000

3,400

13,600

ARNU18GTE*1

5,600

4,800

19,100

6,300

5,400

21,500

Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate

570x570x269 570x570x269 570x570x269

22.4x22.4x10.5

670x670x30

26.4x26.4x1.2

22.4x22.4x10.5

670x670x30

26.4x26.4x1.2

22.4x22.4x10.5

670x670x30

26.4x26.4x1.2

2x11x18 2x11x18 2x11x18

0.32 0.32 0.32

Turbo Fan

40

0.18

Turbo Fan

40

0.18

Turbo Fan

40

0.18

9/8/7

318/282/247

Direct

BLDC

11/10/9

389/353/318

Direct

BLDC

13/12/10

459/424/353

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Foamed polystrene

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Foamed polystrene

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

25.0 25.0 25.0

19(41.9)

39/33/30

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

19(41.9)

41/35/32

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

19(41.9)

43/37/35

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

* A : Basic Model

B : Plasma Model

- 44 -

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

Model

Type

Unit

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H)

Body

Front Panel mm inch mm inch

Coil

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type

Motor Output x Number

Running Current m

W

A

2

Fan Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm

Net Weight kg(lbs)

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable

Panel Color mm mm

2

2

ARNU24GTH*1

7,100

6,100

24,200

4 Way Ceiling Cassette

ARNU28GTH*1

8,200

7,100

28,000

ARNU36GTD*1

10,600

9,100

36,200

8,000

6,900

9,200

8,000

11,900

10,200

27,300 31,500 40,600

Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate

840x840x225 840x840x225 840x840x288

33.0x33.0x8.9

950x950x30

37.4x37.4x1.2

2x9x18

33.0x33.0x8.9

950x950x30

37.4x37.4x1.2

2x9x18

33.0x33.0x11.3

950x950x30

37.4x37.4x1.2

2x12x19

0.43 0.43 0.57

Turbo Fan

33

0.15

17/15/13

600/529/459

Turbo Fan

33

0.15

19/16/14

671/565/494

Turbo Fan

144

0.56

25/21/19

883/742/671

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Fuse Fuse Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

25.0 25.0 25.0

24(52.9) 24(52.9) 32(70.5)

38/35/31 39/38/32 43/40/39

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

* A : Basic Model

B : Plasma Model

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 45 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

Model

Type

Unit

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H)

Coil

Fan

Body mm inch

Front Panel mm inch

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type

Motor Output x Number m 2

W

Running Current A

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side mm(inch) mm(inch)

Net Weight

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm kg(lbs)

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable

Panel Color mm mm

2

2

4 Way Ceiling Cassette

ARNU42GTD*1

12,300

10,600

42,000

13,800

11,000

43,800

Galvanized Steel Plate

ARNU48GTD*1

14,100

12,100

48,100

15,900

13,200

51,200

Galvanized Steel Plate

840x840x288

33.0x33.0x11.3

950x950x30

37.4x37.4x1.2

2x12x19

840x840x288

33.0x33.0x11.3

950x950x30

37.4x37.4x1.2

2x12x19

0.57 0.57

Turbo Fan Turbo Fan

144

0.56

30/27/24

144

0.56

31/29/27

1059/954/848

Direct

1095/1024/954

Direct

BLDC BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8) Ø15.88(5/8)

25.0 25.0

32(70.5) 32(70.5)

44/42/40

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

45/43/41

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

* A : Basic Model

B : Plasma Model

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 46 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Functions

Indoor Unit

Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller

Sensing the Room Temperature

• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)

Room temperature control

Starting Current Control

• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.

• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.

Indoor Fan Speed Control

Soft Dry Operation Mode

• Jet, High, Med, Low, Lolow

• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.

Airflow Direction Control

• The louver can be set at swing up and down automatically.

Auto Restart

• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.

Deice (defrost) control (Heating)

Hot-start Control (Heating)

Compact and light design

Low noise

Long life filter

High head Drain pump

• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.

• Hot start after defrost ends.

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature will be reached at 25°C.

• To install a unit is very convenient because of smaller size than textile.

High-Ceiling corresponding Function

• The most advanced low-noise design.

• The adoption of turbo fan and round type heat exchanger give the quietest operation.

• Long life wrinkle(type) and washable and anti-bacteria filter is adopted.

• Built-in drain pump automatically drains water.

• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.

• According to the height of ceiling, the RPM of indoor fan motor is selected to increase air reaching distance.

Central Control(Optional)

• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.

Swirl Swing Control

• It is operating swirl swing

Auto Change Over

• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 47 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

3. Operation Details

The functions of main control

Auto Swing Control

• This function is to swing the louver up and down automatically.

Soft-Dry Operation

• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.

Cooling Mode Operation

• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following

Intake Air Temperature

Thermo. On

(SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C)

Thermo. Off

(SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C)

Selected

INDOOR FAN

Speed

More than

3 minutes

More than

3 minutes

Selected

Low Low

Speed

Selected

Speed

Swirl Swing Control

Vane 2, 4 is almost vane closed while vane1, 3 is opened.

Vane 1, 3 and vane 2,4 turn over minutely

Vane 2

Vane 1 Vane 3

Vane 4

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 48 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Heating Mode Operation

The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.

Indoor pipe

Temperature

36(42)

°

C

33(39)

°

C

25

°

C

22(20)

°

C

Room

Temperature

Thermal Off

Thermal On

Thermal

Outdoor fan

Indoor fan

ON

Stop Low Low

ON

Setting fan speed

4 Way

Low

Minimum

3min

OFF

OFF

Setting fan speed

ON

Low Stop Stop Low

ON

ON

Setting fan speed

Indoor Unit mode

2TH

(Remo.+Indoor)

Remo. mode

Thermal ON

ST+2

To be selected lower temperature contrast Indoor Unit and Remo.

ST+0

Thermal OFF

ST+4

To be selected lower temperature contrast Indoor Unit and Remo.

ST+2

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 49 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Hot-start Control

The indoor fan does no rotate until the evaporator piping temperature will be reached to 25°C.

The operation diagram is as following.

Pipe temperature

35

°

C

30

°

C

27

°

C

25

°

C

22

°

C

LO

LOW

Indoor fan speed

OFF LOW

SELECTED

FAN

LOW

LOLOW

COMP ON

Auto Change Over

• In response to user's wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.

• The Operation diagram is as following.

Room

Temperature

+F

°

C

+

°

C

+X

°

C

Setting Temperature

ß

-Y

°

C

-1

°

C

-G

°

C

Thermal

Indoor fan

O X O X

Setting fan speed

Low

Setting fan speed

Low

Cooling Operation Cycle

• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition

Switching condition

Tai

Ts - G (2) ℃

* Tai : Indoor Temperature

* Ts : Setting Temperature

Operation mode switching

Cooling Heating

X

Off

O X O X

Setting fan speed

H/Start

Setting fan speed

Heating operation

H/Start

O X

Setting fan speed

Low

Cooling

F

G

Definition

Cooling switching temperature

Heating switching temperature

X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling

Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling

Thermal Off Temperature for Heating

Default(

)

2

2

0.5

0.5

1

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 50 -

LGE Internal Use Only

4. Dimensions

ARNU09GTE*1

ARNU12GTE*1

ARNU18GTE*1

670

670

670

269

Dimensions

39.5

600 (Ceiling opening)

521(Hanging bolt)

39.5

570 Unit size

Unit:mm

570

450

5

6

Number

1

2

3

4

5

6

Name

Liquid pipe connection

Gas pipe connection

Drain pipe connection

Power supply connection

Air discharge grill

Air suction grill

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 51 -

4

40

110 110

3

Descripition

Unit size(9k, 12k, 18k):Ø6.35

Unit size(9k, 12k, 18k):Ø12.7

(unit : mm)

1 2

LGE Internal Use Only

Dimensions

ARNU24GTH*1

ARNU28GTH*1

ARNU36GTD*1

ARNU42GTD*1

ARNU48GTD*1

950

950

950

5

45

875 (Ceiling opening)

785(Hanging bolt)

45

840 Unit size

840

672

Unit:mm

6

4

1

2

TH

Number

1

2

3

4

5

6

Name

Liquid pipe connection

Gas pipe connection

Drain pipe connection

Power supply connection

Air discharge grill

Air suction grill

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 52 -

TD

3

(unit : mm)

Descripition

Unit Size (24k, 28k, 36k, 42k, 48k):Ø9.52

Unit Size(24k, 28k, 36k, 42k, 48k):Ø15.88

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

5. Piping Diagrams

Heat Exchanger

EEV

Filter

Turbo Fan

Filter lndoor unit

:Cooling

:Heating

: Thermistor

Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter

Model

ARNU09GTE*1

ARNU12GTE*1

ARNU18GTE*1

ARNU24GTH*1

ARNU28GTH*1

ARNU36GTD*1

ARNU42GTD*1

ARNU48GTD*1

Gas

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

[unit: mm(inch)]

Liquid

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 53 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

6. Wiring Diagrams

TE/TH

TD

CONNECTOR NUMBER

CN-POWER

CN-MOTOR2

CN-DPUMP

CN-COMM

CN-DISP

CN-EEV

CN-VANE1

CN-FLOAT

CN-PIPE1

CN-PIPE2

CN-ROOM

CN-REMO

LOCATION POINT

AC POWER SUPPLY

FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT

COMMUNICATION

DISPLAY

EEV OUTPUT

STEP MOTOR

FLOAT SWITCH INPUT

PIPE SENSOR

DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR

ROOM SENSOR

REMOTE CONTROLLER

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

FUNCTION

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP

CONNECTION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT

FLOAT SWITCH SENSING

PIPE THERMISTOR

DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

ROOM THERMISTOR

REMOTE CONTROL LINE

- 54 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Art Cool Type

1. Specification ...............................................................................56

2. Functions ....................................................................................57

3. Operation Details........................................................................58

4. Dimensions .................................................................................65

5. Piping Diagrams .........................................................................66

6. Wiring Diagrams .........................................................................67

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 55 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Coil

Fan

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type m 2

Motor Output x Number

Running Current

W

A

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)

Net Weight

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h mm inch

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable

Front Panel('*' Position) mm mm

2

2

ARNU07GSP*1

2,200

1,900

7,500

2,500

2,200

8,500

ARTCOOL

ARNU09GSP*1

2,800

2,400

9,600

3,200

2,800

10,900

ARNU12GSP*1

3,600

3,100

12,300

4,000

3,400

13,600

570x137x568

22.4x5.4x22.3

570x137x568

22.4x5.4x22.3

570x137x568

22.4x5.4x22.3

2x20x20 2x20x20 2x20x20

0.16 0.16 0.16

Turbo Fan Turbo Fan Turbo Fan

30

0.14

6/5.5/5

212/194/177

Direct

30

7/ 6.5 /6

247/230/212

Direct

30

0.14 0.14

8.7/ 8.1 /7.5

307/286/265

Direct

BLDC BLDC BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

12.2 12.2 12.2

12(26.5) 12(26.5) 12(26.5)

38/34/32 40/36/33 42/38/36

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

M:Metal, D:Wood, B:Blue, W:White

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 56 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Functions

Indoor Unit

Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller

Sensing the Room Temperature

• Room temperature sensor. (THERMISTOR)

Room temperature control

• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting temperature

Starting Current Control

• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 sec at the starting.

Indoor Fan Speed Control

• High, Med, Low, CHAOS

Operation indication Lamps (LED)

Signal Receptor

Receives the signals from the remote control.(Signal receiving sound: two short beeps or one long beep.)

Operation Indication Lamps

On/Off

Sleep Mode

Timer

Defrost Mode

Temperature

: Lights up during the system operation.

: Lights up during Sleep Mode Auto operation.

: Lights up during Timer operation.

: Lights up during Defrost Mode or Hot Start operation.

: Indicate the setting temperature.

Soft Dry Operation Mode

• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.

Sleep Mode Auto Control

• The fan is switched to low(Cooling), med(Heating) speed.

• The unit will be stopped after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 hours.

Natural Air Control by CHAOS Logic

• The fan is switched to intermittent or irregular operation

• The fan speed is automatically switched from high to low speed.

Airflow Direction Control

• The louver can be set at the desired position or swing up and down automatically.

Defrost(Deice) control (Heating)

• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.

Hot-start Control (Heating)

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator pipe temperature will be reached at 28°C.

Auto Change Over

• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 57 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

3. Operation Details

The functions of main control

DISPLAY

(1) High quality LCD remote controller supplied

Operation Indicator

• On while in appliance operation, off while in appliance pause

Timer(on/off) and Sleep timer Indicator

• On while in timer mode (on/off) and in sleep timer mode, off when timer mode is completed or canceled

Defrost Indicator

• Off except when hot start during heating mode operation or while in defrost control.

Plasma Indicator

• On while in plasma mode, off while plasma mode is canceled.

Auto restart

• In case the power comes on again after a power failure, Auto Restarting Operation is the function to operate procedures automatically to the previous operating conditions.

If your want to use this operation, press the Auto Restart Button.

Power(Forced Operation)

• Operation starts, when this button is pressed and stops when you press the button again.

Cooling Mode Operation

• When the intake air temperature reaches 0.5°C below the setting temp, the compressor and the outdoor fan stop.

• When it reaches 0.5°C above the setting temp, they start to operate again.

Compressor ON Temp=> Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp-0.5°C

• While in compressor running, operating with the airflow speed set by the remote controller. While in compressor not running, operating with the low airflow speed regardless of the setting.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 58 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Healthy Dehumidification Mode

• When the dehumidification operation input by the remote controller is received, the intake air temperature is detected and the setting temp is automatically set according to the intake air temperature.

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp < 26°C => Intake Air Temp-1°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp < 24°C => Intake Air Temp-0.5°C

Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C

• While in compressor off, the indoor fan repeats low airflow speed and pause.

• While the intake air temp is between compressor on temp. and compressor off temp., 10-min dehumidification operation and 4-min compressor off repeat

Compressor ON Temp. => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp. => Setting Temp-0.5°C

• In 10-min dehumidification operation, the indoor fan operates with the low airflow speed.

Heating Mode Operation

• When the intake air temp reaches +3°Cabove the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp. => Setting Temp. +2°C

Compressor OFF Temp. => Setting Temp. -4°C

• While in compressor on, the indoor fan is off when the indoor pipe temp. is below 26®¨C , when above 28°C , it operates with the low or setting airflow speed (while in sleep mode, with the medium airflow speed).

• While in compressor off, the indoor fan is off when the indoor pipe temp is below 33°C , when above 35°C , it operates with the low airflow speed.

• If overloaded while in heating mode operation, in order to prevent the compressor from OLP operation, the outdoor fan is turned on/off according to the indoor pipe temp.

• While in defrost control, both of the indoor and outdoor fans are turned off.

Defrost Control

• While in heating mode operation in order to protect the evaporator pipe of outdoor unit from freezing, reversed to cooling cycle to defrost the evaporator pipe of the outdoor unit.

• Defrost control is available 30 minutes later since heating mode operation started, and it will not prolong over 6 minutes.

• Deicing starts only when the outdoor pipe temperature falls below -6°C after 30 minutes passed from starting of heating operating and more than 10 minutes operation of compressor.

• Deicing ends after 6 minutes passed from starting of deice operation or when the outdoor pipe temperature rises over 12°C even if before 6 minutes.

Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)

• According to the temperature set by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 59 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C

22°C

Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp

Intake Air Temp<18°C => 18°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature

Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)

• When any of operation mode is not selected like the moment of the power on or when 3 hrs has passed since the operation off, the operation mode is selected.

• When determining the operation mode, the compressor, the outdoor fan, and the 4 way valve are off and only the indoor fan is operated for 15 seconds. Then an operation mode is selected according to the intake air temp at that moment as follows.

24°C

Inatake Air Temp => Fuzzy Operation for Cooling

21°C

Inatake Air Temp<24°C => Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification

Inatake Air Temp<21°C => Fuzzy Operation for Heating

• If any of the operation modes among cooling / dehumidification / heating mode operations is carried out for 10 sec or longer before Fuzzy operation, the mode before Fuzzy operation is operated.

1) Fuzzy Operation for Cooling

• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C

22°C

Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp

Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature.

2) Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification

• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 60 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C

22°C

Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp

Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan repeats the low airflow speed or pause as in dehumidification operation.

3) Fuzzy Operation for Heating

• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 3°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp. +2°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp. +4°C

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

20°C

Intake Air Temp => Intake Air Temp + 0.5°C

Intake Air Temp < 20°C => 20°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the high or the medium according to the intake air temperature and the setting temperature.

Airflow Speed Selection

• The airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to high, medium, low, or chaos by the input of the airflow speed selection key on the remote controller.

On-Timer Operation

• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance starts to operate.

• The timer LED is on when the on-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.

• If the appliance is operating at the time set by the timer, the operation continues.

Off-Timer Operation

• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance stops operating.

• The timer LED is on when the off-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.

• If the appliance is on pause at the time set by the timer, the pause continues.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 61 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Off-Timer <=> On-Timer Operation

• When the set time is reached after the on/off time is input by the remote controller, the on/off-timer operation is carried out according to the set time.

Sleep Timer Operation

• When the sleep time is reached after <1,2,3,4,5,6,7,0(cancel) hr> is input by the remote controller while in appliance operation, the operation of the appliance stops.

• While the appliance is on pause, the sleep timer mode cannot be input.

• While in cooling mode operation, 30 min later since the start of the sleep timer, the setting temperature increases by 1°C After another 30 min elapse, it increases by 1°C again.

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in cooling cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the low.

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in heating cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the medium.

Chaos Swing Mode

• By the Chaos Swing key input, the vane automatically operates with the Chaos Swing or they are fixed to the desired direction.

Chaos Natural Wind Mode

• When the Chaos Natural Wind mode is selected and then operated, the high, medium, or low speed of the airflow mode is operated for 2~15 sec randomly by the Chaos Simulation.”

Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)

• If the Jet Cool key is input at any operation mode while in appliance operation, the Jet Cool mode operates.

• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.

• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.

• During the JET COOL function at any moment, the A/C starts to blow the cool air with side louvers closed at extremely high speed for 30 minutes setting the room temp. automatically to 18°C.

Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)

• While in heating mode or Fuzzy operation, the Jet Cool key cannot be input. When it is input while in the other mode operation (cooling, dehumidification, ventilation), the Jet Cool mode is operated.”

• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.

• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.

• During the JET HEAT function at any moment, the A/C starts to blow the hot air with side louvers closed at extremely high speed for 60 minutes setting the room temp. automatically to 30°C.

Auto Restarting Operation

• When the power is restored after a sudden power failure while in appliance operation, the mode before the power failure is kept on the memory and the appliance automatically operates in the mode on the memory.

• Operation Mode that is kept on the memory

- State of Operation ON/OFF

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 62 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

- Operation Mode/Setting Temp/Selected Airflow Speed

- Sleep Timer Mode/Remaining Time of Sleep Timer (unit of hour)

Forced Operation

• Operation procedures when the remote control can't be used.

• The operation will be started if the power button is pressed.

• If you want to stop operation, re-press the button.

Operating mode

Indoor Fan Speed

Setting Temperature

Cooling Model

Cooling

High

22°C

Heat pump Model

Room Temp.

24°C 21°C

Room Temp. < 24°C Room Temp. < 21°C

Cooling Healthy Dehumidification Heating

High

22°C

High

23°C

High

24°C

• While in forced operation, the key input by the remote control has no effect and the buzzer sounds 10 times to indicate the forced operation.

Test operation

During the TEST OPERATION, the unit operates in cooling mode at high speed fan, regardless of room temperature and resets in 18±1 minutes.

During test operation, if remote controller signal is received, the unit operates as remote controller sets.

If you want to use this operation, Press and hold ON/OFF button 3~5 seconds, then the buzzer sound 1 "beep".

If you want to stop the operation, re-press the button.

Protection of the evaporator pipe from frosting

• If the indoor pipe temp is below 0°C in 7 min. after the compressor operates without any pause while in cooling cycle operation mode, the compressor and the outdoor fan are turned off in order to protect the indoor evaporator pipe from frosting.

• When the indoor pipe temp is 7°C or higher after 3 min. pause of the compressor, the compressor and the outdoor fan is turned on according to the condition of the room temperature.

Buzzer Sounding Operation

• When the appliance-operation key is input by the remote control, the short "beep-beep-" sounds.

• When the appliance-pause key is input by the remote control, the long "beep—" sounds.

• When a key is input by the remote control while the slide switch on the main unit of the appliance is on the forced operation position, the error sound "beep-beep-beep-beep-beep-" is made 10 times to indicate that the remote control signal cannot be received.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 63 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Air Cleaner Operation

• When an air cleaner function is selected during Air Conditioner operation

- Plasma air cleaner function will be operated while in any operation mode with selecting the function.

- The function is to be stopped while it is operating with selecting the function.

• When an air cleaner function is selected during operation off

- The function will be only operated.

• When inlet grille of air conditioner is opened during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) is to be stopped. When inlet grille of air conditioner is closed during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) will be operated again.

Auto Change Over

• In response to user's wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.

• The Operation diagram is as following.

Room

Temperature

+F

°

C

+

°

C

+X

°

C

Setting Temperature

ß

-Y

°

C

-1

°

C

-G

°

C

Thermal

Indoor fan

Cycle

O

X

O

X

Setting

Fan

Speed

Low

Setting

Fan

Speed

Low

Cooling Operation

X

O

X

O

X

Off

Setting

Fan

Speed

H/Start

Setting

Fan

Speed

Heating operation

H/Start

O

X

Setting

Fan

Speed

Low

Cooling

• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition

Switching condition

Tai

Ts - G (2) ℃

* Tai : Indoor Temperature

* Ts : Setting Temperature

Operation mode switching

Cooling Heating

F

G

Definition

Cooling switching temperature

Heating switching temperature

X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling

Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling

Thermal Off Temperature for Heating

Default( ℃ )

2

2

0.5

0.5

1

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 64 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Dimensions

4. Dimensions

ARNU07GSP*1

ARNU09GSP*1

ARNU12GSP*1

W

Hanger Hole

D

H

Pipe Hole

More than 20cm

More than 50cm

More than 1.5m

Model

ARNU07GSP*1

ARNU09GSP*1

ARNU12GSP*1

More than 50cm

Fix Hole

(Unit: mm)

Note:

1. Pipe Specification(mm)

Model

7, 9, 12k

Liquid

Ø6.35

Gas

Ø12.7

W

570

H

568

D

137

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 65 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

5. Piping Diagrams

Heat Exchanger

EEV

Filter

Turbo Fan

Filter lndoor unit

: Thermistor

Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter

Model Gas

ARNU07GSP*1

ARNU09GSP*1

ARNU12GSP*1

12.7(1/2)

*(Color): M(Metal), D(Wood), B(Blue), W(White)

[unit: mm(inch)]

Liquid

6.35(1/4)

:Cooling

:Heating

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 66 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

6. Wiring Diagrams

BLDC

MOTOR

REMOTE

CONTROLLER

(Accessory)

Accessory

CONNECTOR NUMBER

CN-POWER

CN-MOTOR1

CN-COM

CN-EEV

CN-D1

CN-D2

CN-LR1

CN-LR2

CN-UD

CN-TH1

CN-TH2

LOCATION POINT

AC POWER SUPPLY

FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

COMMUNICATION

EEV OUTPUT

DISPLAY

DISPLAY

STEP MOTOR

STEP MOTOR

STEP MOTOR

ROOM/PIPE SENSOR

DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR

FUNCTION

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS

DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT FOR LEFT/RIGHT

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT FOR LEFT/RIGHT

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT

ROOM AND PIPE THERMISTOR

DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 67 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 68 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Art Cool Type(Wide)

1. Specifications .............................................................................70

2. Functions ....................................................................................71

3. Operation Details........................................................................72

4. Dimensions .................................................................................79

5. Piping Diagrams .........................................................................80

6. Wiring Diagrams .........................................................................81

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 69 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Coil

Fan

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type m 2

Motor Output x Number

Running Current

W

A

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)

Net Weight

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h mm inch

Power Supply

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable

Front Panel('*' Position)

Ø / V / Hz mm mm

2

2

ARTCOOL Wide

ARNU18GSV*1

5,600

4,800

19,100

6,300

5,400

21,500

928x147x522

36.5x5.8x20.6

2x16x20

0.24

Turbo Fan

30

0.14

13.5/11.4 /10.4

477/403/367.5

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

12.2

15(33)

44/39/34

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

M:Metal, D:White, B:Blue, W:White

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 70 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Functions

Indoor Unit

Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller

Sensing the Room Temperature

• Room temperature sensor. (THERMISTOR)

Room temperature control

• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temp.

Starting Current Control

• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 sec at the starting.

Indoor Fan Speed Control

• High, Med, Low, CHAOS

Operation indication Lamps (LED)

Signal Receptor

Receives the signals from the remote control.(Signal receiving sound: two short beeps or one long beep.)

Operation Indication Lamps

On/Off : Lights up during the system operation.

Sleep Mode : Lights up during Sleep Mode Auto operation.

Timer : Lights up during Timer operation.

Defrost Mode : Lights up during Defrost Mode or Hot Start operation.

Temperature : Indicate the setting temperature.

Soft Dry Operation Mode

• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.

Sleep Mode Auto Control

• The fan is switched to low(Cooling), med(Heating) speed.

• The unit will be stopped after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 hours.

Natural Air Control by CHAOS Logic

• The fan is switched to intermittent or irregular operation

• The fan speed is automatically switched from high to low speed.

Airflow Direction Control

• The louver can be set at the desired position or swing up and down automatically.

Defrost(Deice) control (Heating)

• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.

Hot-start Control (Heating)

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator pipe temperature will be reached at 28°C.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 71 -

Auto Change Over

It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

3. Operation Details

The functions of main control

DISPLAY

1) High quality LCD remote controller supplied

Operation Indicator

• On while in appliance operation, off while in appliance pause

Timer Indicator

• On while in timer mode (on/off) and in sleep timer mode, off when timer mode is completed or canceled

Defrost Indicator

• Off except when hot start during heating mode operation or while in defrost control.

Plasma Indicator

• On while in plasma mode, off while plasma mode is canceled.

Auto restart Indicator

• On while auto restart mode, off while auto restart mode is canceled.

Auto restart

• In case the power comes on again after a power failure, Auto Restarting Operation is the function to operate procedures automatically to the previous operating conditions.

If your want to use this operation, press the Auto Restart Button.

Power(Forced Operation)

• Operation starts, when this button is pressed and stops when you press the button again.

Cooling Mode Operation

• When the intake air temperature reaches 0.5°C below the setting temp, the compressor and the outdoor fan stop.

• When it reaches 0.5°C above the setting temp, they start to operate again.

Compressor ON Temp=> Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp-0.5°C

• While in compressor running, operating with the airflow speed set by the remote controller. While in compressor not running, operating with the low airflow speed regardless of the setting.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 72 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Healthy Dehumidification Mode

• When the dehumidification operation input by the remote controller is received, the intake air temperature is detected and the setting temp is automatically set according to the intake air temperature.

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp < 26°C => Intake Air Temp-1°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp < 24°C => Intake Air Temp-0.5°C

Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C

• While in compressor off, the indoor fan repeats low airflow speed and pause.

• While the intake air temp is between compressor on temp. and compressor off temp., 10-min dehumidification operation and 4-min compressor off repeat

Compressor ON Temp. => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp. => Setting Temp-0.5°C

• In 10-min dehumidification operation, the indoor fan operates with the low airflow speed.

Heating Mode Operation

• When the intake air temp reaches +3°Cabove the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp. => Setting Temp. +2˚C

Compressor OFF Temp. => Setting Temp.+4°C

• While in compressor on, the indoor fan is off when the indoor pipe temp. is below 26®¨C , when above 28°C , it operates with the low or setting airflow speed (while in sleep mode, with the medium airflow speed).

• While in compressor off, the indoor fan is off when the indoor pipe temp is below 33°C , when above 35°C , it operates with the low airflow speed.

• If overloaded while in heating mode operation, in order to prevent the compressor from OLP operation, the outdoor fan is turned on/off according to the indoor pipe temp.

• While in defrost control, both of the indoor and outdoor fans are turned off.

Defrost Control

• While in heating mode operation in order to protect the evaporator pipe of outdoor unit from freezing, reversed to cooling cycle to defrost the evaporator pipe of the outdoor unit.

• Defrost control is available 30 minutes later since heating mode operation started, and it will not polong over 6 minutes.

• Deicing starts only when the outdoor pipe temperature falls below -6°C after 30 minutes passed from starting of heating operating and more than 10 minutes operation of compressor.

• Deicing ends after 6 minutes passed from starting of deice operation or when the outdoor pipe temperature rises over 12°C even if before 6 minutes.

Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)

• According to the temperature set by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 73 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C

22°C

Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp

Intake Air Temp<18°C => 18°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature

Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)

• When any of operation mode is not selected like the moment of the power on or when 3 hrs has passed since the operation off, the operation mode is selected.

• When determining the operation mode, the compressor, the outdoor fan, and the 4 way valve are off and only the indoor fan is operated for 15 seconds. Then an operation mode is selected according to the intake air temp at that moment as follows.

24°C

Inatake Air Temp => Fuzzy Operation for Cooling

21°C

Inatake Air Temp<24°C => Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification

Inatake Air Temp<21°C => Fuzzy Operation for Heating

• If any of the operation modes among cooling / dehumidification / heating mode operations is carried out for 10 sec or longer before Fuzzy operation, the mode before Fuzzy operation is operated.

1) Fuzzy Operation for Cooling

• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C

22°C

Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp

Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature.

2) Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification

• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 74 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C

22°C

Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp

Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan repeats the low airflow speed or pause as in dehumidification operation.

3) Fuzzy Operation for Heating

• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 3°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp + 2°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp + 4°C

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

20°C

Intake Air Temp => Intake Air Temp + 0.5°C

Intake Air Temp < 20°C => 20°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the high or the medium according to the intake air temperature and the setting temperature.

Airflow Speed Selection

• The airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to high, medium, low, or chaos by the input of the airflow speed selection key on the remote controller.

On-Timer Operation

• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance starts to operate.

• The timer LED is on when the on-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.

• If the appliance is operating at the time set by the timer, the operation continues.

Off-Timer Operation

• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance stops operating.

• The timer LED is on when the off-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.

• If the appliance is on pause at the time set by the timer, the pause continues.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 75 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Off-Timer <=> On-Timer Operation

• When the set time is reached after the on/off time is input by the remote controller, the on/off-timer operation is carried out according to the set time.

Sleep Timer Operation

• When the sleep time is reached after <1,2,3,4,5,6,7,0(cancel) hr> is input by the remote controller while in appliance operation, the operation of the appliance stops.

• While the appliance is on pause, the sleep timer mode cannot be input.

• While in cooling mode operation, 30 min later since the start of the sleep timer, the setting temperature increases by 1°C After another 30 min elapse, it increases by 1°C again.

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in cooling cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the low.

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in heating cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the medium.

Chaos Swing Mode

• By the Chaos Swing key input, the vane automatically operates with the Chaos Swing or they are fixed to the desired direction.

Chaos Natural Wind Mode

• When the Chaos Natural Wind mode is selected and then operated, the high, medium, or low speed of the airflow mode is operated for 2~15 sec randomly by the Chaos Simulation.”

Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)

• If the Jet Cool key is input at any operation mode while in appliance operation, the Jet Cool mode operates.

• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.

• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.

• When the Jet Cool key is input, the upper/lower vanes are reset to those of the initial cooling mode and then operated in order that the air outflow could reach further.

Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)

• While in heating mode or Fuzzy operation, the Jet Cool key cannot be input. When it is input while in the other mode operation (cooling, dehumidification, ventilation), the Jet Cool mode is operated.”

• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.

• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.

• When the Jet Cool key is input, the upper/lower vanes are reset to those of the initial cooling mode and then operated in order that the air outflow could reach further.

Auto Restarting Operation

• When the power is restored after a sudden power failure while in appliance operation, the mode before the power failure is kept on the memory and the appliance automatically operates in the mode on the memory.

• Operation Mode that is kept on the memory

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 76 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

- State of Operation ON/OFF

- Operation Mode/Setting Temp/Selected Airflow Speed

- Sleep Timer Mode/Remaining Time of Sleep Timer (unit of hour)

Forced Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)

• To operate the appliance by force in case that the remote controller is lost, the forced operation button is on the main unit of the appliance to operate the appliance in the standard conditions.

• Press the forced operation button, the forced operation is carried out.

• Press the forced operation button once again to stop operation.

• The forced operation is carried out in cooling mode with the setting temperature 22°C and the high speed of airflow.

Forced Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)

• To operate the appliance by force in case that the remote controller is lost, the forced operation selection switch is on the main unit of the appliance to operate the appliance in the standard conditions.

• Press the forced operation button, the forced operation is carried out.

• Press the forced operation button once again to stop operation.

• In the forced operation mode, the indoor fan is operated at low speed for around 15 sec and then the operation condition is set according to the intake air temperature as follows.

24°C

Intake Air Temp => Cooling Mode Operation, 22°C, High Speed

21°C

Intake Air Temp < 24°C => Dehumidification Operation, 23°C, High Speed

Intake Air Temp < 21°C => Heating Mode Operation, 24°C, High Speed

Test Operation Control

• To check the condition of the installation when installing the appliance, the appliance is operated at cooling mode, high speed of airflow, compressor-on for 18 min without controlling the room temperature.

• After supplying power to the main body, keep pressing the forced operation button for about 3 seconds.

• While in test operation, a key can be input by the remote controller.

When a key (operation start/stop, operation mode selection, airflow speed selection, temperature control, Jet

Cool) is input by the remote controller, the test operation is canceled and the appliance is operated according to the setting by the remote controller.

Protection of the evaporator pipe from frosting

• In the temperrature of the indoor pipe is below 0°C after 7 minutes from starting the compressor, the compressor and outdoor fan are stopped, and 3 minutes delay of operating of the compressor, when the temperature of the indoor pipe is over 7°C, the compressor and the outdoor fan are reoperated.

• Outdoor fan motor stops when indoor pipe temperature is blow 3°C and restarts at the pipe temperature above

6°C or after 90 seconds, if the pipe temperature does not rise to 6°C, outdoor fan motor runs continuously at even below 3°C.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 77 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Buzzer Sounding Operation

• When the appliance-operation key is input by the remote controller, the short “beep-beep-” sounds.

• When the appliance-pause key is input by the remote controller, the long “beep—” sounds.

Air Cleaner Operation

• When an air cleaner function is selected during Air Conditioner operation

- Plasma air cleaner function will be operated while in any operation mode with selecting the function.

- The function is to be stopped while it is operating with selecting the function.

• When an air cleaner function is selected during operation off

- The function will be only operated.

• When inlet grille of air conditioner is opened during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) is to be stopped. When inlet grille of air conditioner is closed during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) will be operated again.

Auto Change Over

• In response to user's wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.

• The Operation diagram is as following.

Room

Temperature

+F

°

C

+

°

C

+X

°

C

Setting Temperature

ß

-Y

°

C

-1

°

C

-G

°

C

Thermal

Indoor fan

Cycle

O

X

O

X

Setting

Fan

Speed

Low

Setting

Fan

Speed

Low

Cooling Operation

X

Off

O

X

O

X

Setting

Fan

Speed

H/Start

Setting

Fan

Speed

Heating operation

H/Start

O

X

Setting

Fan

Speed

Low

Cooling

• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition

Switching condition

Tai

Ts - G (2) ℃

* Tai : Indoor Temperature

* Ts : Setting Temperature

Operation mode switching

Cooling Heating

F

G

Definition

Cooling switching temperature

Heating switching temperature

X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling

Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling

Thermal Off Temperature for Heating

Default( ℃ )

2

2

0.5

0.5

1

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 78 -

LGE Internal Use Only

4. Dimensions

ARNU18GSV*1

W

D

Dimensions

Pipe Hole Pipe Hole

60mm

Model

ARNU18GSV*1

60mm

W

928

H

522

More than

50cm

More than 1.5m

More than 20cm

More than

50cm

(Unit: mm)

D

147

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 79 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

5. Piping Diagrams

Heat Exchanger

EEV

Filter

Turbo Fan

Filter lndoor unit

: Thermistor

Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter

Model

ARNU18GSV*1

Gas

Ø12.7(1/2)

*(Color): M(Metal), D(Wood), B(Blue), W(White)

[unit: mm(inch)]

Liquid

Ø6.35(1/4)

:Cooling

:Heating

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 80 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

6. Wiring Diagrams

BLDC

MOTOR

BLDC

MOTOR

CN-D1(WH) CN-D2(BL)

DISPLAY

SAFETY S/W

FORCE S/W

REMOTE

CONTROLLER

(Accessory)

Accessory

CONNECTOR NUMBER

CN-POWER

CN-MOTOR1/2

CN-COM

CN-EEV

CN-D1

CN-D2

CN-LR1

CN-LR2

CN-UD

CN-TH1

CN-TH2

LOCATION POINT

AC POWER SUPPLY

FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

COMMUNICATION

EEV OUTPUT

DISPLAY

DISPLAY

STEP MOTOR

STEP MOTOR

STEP MOTOR

ROOM/PIPE SENSOR

DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR

FUNCTION

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS

DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT FOR LEFT/RIGHT

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT FOR LEFT/RIGHT

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT

ROOM AND PIPE THERMISTOR

DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 81 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 82 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Art Cool Type(Mirror)

1. Specifications .............................................................................84

2. Functions ....................................................................................86

3. Operation Details........................................................................87

4. Dimensions .................................................................................94

5. Piping Diagrams .........................................................................95

6. Wiring Diagrams .........................................................................96

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 83 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Coil

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type

Motor Output x Number

Running Current m

W

A

2

Fan Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h mm inch

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side mm(inch) mm(inch)

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)

Net Weight

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable

Front Panel('*' Position) mm mm

2

2

ARNU07GSE*1

2,200

1,900

7,500

2,500

2,200

ART COOL Mirror

ARNU09GSE*1

2,800

2,400

9,600

3,200

2,800

ARNU12GSE*1

3,600

3,100

12,300

4,000

3,400

8,500

915x169x282

36.0x6.5x11.1

2x15x20

10,900

915x169x282

36.0x6.5x11.1

2x15x20

13,600

915x169x282

36.0x6.5x11.1

2x15x20

0.32 0.32 0.32

Cross Flow Fan

40

0.2

7/6/4

247/212/141

Cross Flow Fan

40

0.2

8/7/5

282/247/177

Cross Flow Fan

40

0.2

10/8/6

353/283/212

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable) Net(Washable) Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

16

9(19.8)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

16

9(19.8)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

16

9(19.8)

37/33/23

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

39/35/25

1, 220 ~240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

R:Mirror V:Silver B:Blue

41/36/27

1, 220 ~240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 84 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Coil

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type

Motor Output x Number

Running Current m

W

A

2

Fan Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h mm inch

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side mm(inch) mm(inch)

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)

Net Weight

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable

Front Panel('*' Position) mm mm

2

2

ART COOL Mirror

ARNU18GS3*1

5,600

4,800

19,100

6,300

5,400

ARNU24GS3*1

7,100

6,100

24,200

8,000

6,900

21,500

1170x173x315

46.1x6.8x12.4

2x13x20

27,300

1170x173x315

46.1x6.8x12.4

2x13x20

0.15 0.15

Cross Flow Fan

40

0.2

12.6/11.5/10

445/406/353

Cross Flow Fan

40

0.2

15/14/13

530/494/459

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable) Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

16

13(28.6)

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

16

13(28.6)

42/40/37

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

44/41/38

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

R:Mirror W:White D:Wood B:Blue M:Metal C:Cherry

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 85 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Functions

Indoor Unit

Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller

Sensing the Room Temperature

• Room temperature sensor. (THERMISTOR)

Room temperature control

• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temp.

Starting Current Control

• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 sec at the starting.

Indoor Fan Speed Control

• High, Med, Low, CHAOS

Operation indication Lamps (LED)

Signal Receptor

Receives the signals from the remote control.(Signal receiving sound: two short beeps or one long beep.)

Operation Indication Lamps

On/Off : Lights up during the system operation.

Sleep Mode : Lights up during Sleep Mode Auto operation.

Timer : Lights up during Timer operation.

Defrost Mode : Lights up during Defrost Mode or Hot Start operation.

Temperature : Indicate the setting temperature.

Soft Dry Operation Mode

• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.

Sleep Mode Auto Control

• The fan is switched to low(Cooling), med(Heating) speed.

• The unit will be stopped after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 hours.

Natural Air Control by CHAOS Logic

• The fan is switched to intermittent or irregular operation

• The fan speed is automatically switched from high to low speed.

Airflow Direction Control

• The louver can be set at the desired position or swing up and down automatically.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 86 -

Defrost(Deice) control (Heating)

• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.

Hot-start Control (Heating)

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator pipe temperature will be reached at 28°C.

Auto Change Over

• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

3. Operation Details

The functions of main control

DISPLAY

1) High quality LCD remote controller supplied

Operation Indicator

• On while in appliance operation, off while in appliance pause

Timer Indicator

• On while in timer mode (on/off) and in sleep timer mode, off when timer mode is completed or canceled

Defrost Indicator

• Off except when hot start during heating mode operation or while in defrost control.

Plasma Indicator

• On while in plasma mode, off while plasma mode is canceled.

Auto restart Indicator

• On while auto restart mode, off while auto restart mode is canceled.

Auto restart

• In case the power comes on again after a power failure, Auto Restarting Operation is the function to operate procedures automatically to the previous operating conditions.

If your want to use this operation, press the Auto Restart Button.

Power(Forced Operation)

• Operation starts, when this button is pressed and stops when you press the button again.

Cooling Mode Operation

• When the intake air temperature reaches 0.5°C below the setting temp, the compressor and the outdoor fan stop.

• When it reaches 0.5°C above the setting temp, they start to operate again.

Compressor ON Temp=> Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp-0.5°C

• While in compressor running, operating with the airflow speed set by the remote controller. While in compressor not running, operating with the low airflow speed regardless of the setting.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 87 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Healthy Dehumidification Mode

• When the dehumidification operation input by the remote controller is received, the intake air temperature is detected and the setting temp is automatically set according to the intake air temperature.

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp < 26°C => Intake Air Temp-1°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp < 24°C => Intake Air Temp-0.5°C

Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C

• While in compressor off, the indoor fan repeats low airflow speed and pause.

• While the intake air temp is between compressor on temp. and compressor off temp., 10-min dehumidification operation and 4-min compressor off repeat

Compressor ON Temp. => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp. => Setting Temp-0.5°C

• In 10-min dehumidification operation, the indoor fan operates with the low airflow speed.

Heating Mode Operation

• When the intake air temp reaches +3°Cabove the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Themo ON Temp. => Setting Temp. +2˚C

Themo OFF Temp. => Setting Temp.+4°C

• While in compressor on, when above 38°C, it operates with setting airflow speed (while in sleep mode, with the medium airflow speed).

• While in compressor off, the indoor fan is off when the indoor pipe temp is below 33°C , when above 35°C , it operates with the low airflow speed.

• While in defrost control, both of the indoor and outdoor fans are turned off.

Defrost Control

• While in heating mode operation in order to protect outdoor unit from freezing, reversed to cooling cycle to defrost of the outdoor unit.

Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)

• According to the temperature set by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C

22°C

Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp

Intake Air Temp<18°C => 18°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 88 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)

• When any of operation mode is not selected like the moment of the power on or when 3 hrs has passed since the operation off, the operation mode is selected.

• When determining the operation mode, the compressor, the outdoor fan, and the 4 way valve are off and only the indoor fan is operated for 15 seconds. Then an operation mode is selected according to the intake air temp at that moment as follows.

24°C

Inatake Air Temp => Fuzzy Operation for Cooling

21°C

Inatake Air Temp<24°C => Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification

Inatake Air Temp<21°C => Fuzzy Operation for Heating

• If any of the operation modes among cooling / dehumidification / heating mode operations is carried out for 10 sec or longer before Fuzzy operation, the mode before Fuzzy operation is operated.

1) Fuzzy Operation for Cooling

• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C

22°C

Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp

Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature.

2) Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification

• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 89 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C

22°C

Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp

Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan repeats the low airflow speed or pause as in dehumidification operation.

3) Fuzzy Operation for Heating

• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 3°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp + 2°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp + 4°C

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

20°C

Intake Air Temp => Intake Air Temp + 0.5°C

Intake Air Temp < 20°C => 20°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the high or the medium according to the intake air temperature and the setting temperature.

Airflow Speed Selection

• The airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to high, medium, low, or chaos by the input of the airflow speed selection key on the remote controller.

On-Timer Operation

• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance starts to operate.

• The timer LED is on when the on-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.

• If the appliance is operating at the time set by the timer, the operation continues.

Off-Timer Operation

• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance stops operating.

• The timer LED is on when the off-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.

• If the appliance is on pause at the time set by the timer, the pause continues.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 90 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Off-Timer <=> On-Timer Operation

• When the set time is reached after the on/off time is input by the remote controller, the on/off-timer operation is carried out according to the set time.

Sleep Timer Operation

• When the sleep time is reached after <1,2,3,4,5,6,7,0(cancel) hr> is input by the remote controller while in appliance operation, the operation of the appliance stops.

• While the appliance is on pause, the sleep timer mode cannot be input.

• While in cooling mode operation, 30 min later since the start of the sleep timer, the setting temperature increases by 1°C After another 30 min elapse, it increases by 1°C again.

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in cooling cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the low.

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in heating cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the medium.

Chaos Swing Mode

• By the Chaos Swing key input, the vane automatically operates with the Chaos Swing or they are fixed to the desired direction.

Chaos Natural Wind Mode

• When the Chaos Natural Wind mode is selected and then operated, the high, medium, or low speed of the airflow mode is operated for 2~15 sec randomly by the Chaos Simulation.”

Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)

• If the Jet Cool key is input at any operation mode while in appliance operation, the Jet Cool mode operates.

• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.

• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.

• When the Jet Cool key is input, the upper/lower vanes are reset to those of the initial cooling mode and then operated in order that the air outflow could reach further.

Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)

• While in heating mode or Fuzzy operation, the Jet Cool key cannot be input. When it is input while in the other mode operation (cooling, dehumidification, ventilation), the Jet Cool mode is operated.”

• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.

• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.

• When the Jet Cool key is input, the upper/lower vanes are reset to those of the initial cooling mode and then operated in order that the air outflow could reach further.

Auto Restarting Operation

• When the power is restored after a sudden power failure while in appliance operation, the mode before the power failure is kept on the memory and the appliance automatically operates in the mode on the memory.

• Operation Mode that is kept on the memory

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 91 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

- State of Operation ON/OFF

- Operation Mode/Setting Temp/Selected Airflow Speed

- Sleep Timer Mode/Remaining Time of Sleep Timer (unit of hour)

Forced Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)

• To operate the appliance by force in case that the remote controller is lost, the forced operation button is on the main unit of the appliance to operate the appliance in the standard conditions.

• Press the forced operation button, the forced operation is carried out.

• Press the forced operation button once again to stop operation.

• The forced operation is carried out in cooling mode with the setting temperature 22°C and the high speed of airflow.

Forced Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)

• To operate the appliance by force in case that the remote controller is lost, the forced operation selection switch is on the main unit of the appliance to operate the appliance in the standard conditions.

• Press the forced operation button, the forced operation is carried out.

• Press the forced operation button once again to stop operation.

• In the forced operation mode, the indoor fan is operated at low speed for around 15 sec and then the operation condition is set according to the intake air temperature as follows.

24°C

Intake Air Temp => Cooling Mode Operation, 22°C, High Speed

21°C

Intake Air Temp < 24°C => Dehumidification Operation, 23°C, High Speed

Intake Air Temp < 21°C => Heating Mode Operation, 24°C, High Speed

Test Operation Control

• To check the condition of the installation when installing the appliance, the appliance is operated at cooling mode, high speed of airflow, compressor-on for 18 min without controlling the room temperature.

• After supplying power to the main body, keep pressing the forced operation button for about 3 seconds.

• While in test operation, a key can be input by the remote controller.

When a key (operation start/stop, operation mode selection, airflow speed selection, temperature control, Jet

Cool) is input by the remote controller, the test operation is canceled and the appliance is operated according to the setting by the remote controller.

Protection of the evaporator pipe from frosting

• In the temperrature of the indoor pipe is below 0°C after 7 minutes from starting the compressor, the compressor and outdoor fan are stopped, and 3 minutes delay of operating of the compressor, when the temperature of the indoor pipe is over 7°C, the compressor and the outdoor fan are reoperated.

• Outdoor fan motor stops when indoor pipe temperature is blow 3°C and restarts at the pipe temperature above

6°C or after 90 seconds, if the pipe temperature does not rise to 6°C, outdoor fan motor runs continuously at even below 3°C.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 92 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Buzzer Sounding Operation

• When the appliance-operation key is input by the remote controller, the short “beep-beep-” sounds.

• When the appliance-pause key is input by the remote controller, the long “beep—” sounds.

Air Cleaner Operation

• When an air cleaner function is selected during Air Conditioner operation

- Plasma air cleaner function will be operated while in any operation mode with selecting the function.

- The function is to be stopped while it is operating with selecting the function.

• When an air cleaner function is selected during operation off

- The function will be only operated.

• When inlet grille of air conditioner is opened during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) is to be stopped. When inlet grille of air conditioner is closed during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) will be operated again.

Auto Change Over

• In response to user wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.

• The Operation diagram is as following.

Room

Temperature

+F

°

C

+

°

C

+X

°

C

Setting Temperature

ß

-Y

°

C

-1

°

C

-G

°

C

Thermal

Indoor fan

Cycle

O

X

O

X

Setting

Fan

Speed

Low

Setting

Fan

Speed

Low

Cooling Operation

X

Off

O

X

O

X

Setting

Fan

Speed

H/Start

Setting

Fan

Speed

Heating operation

H/Start

O

X

Setting

Fan

Speed

Low

Cooling

• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition

Switching condition

Tai

Ts - G(2)˚C

Tai

Ts + F(2)˚C

* Tai : Indoor Temperature

* Ts : Setting Temperature

Operation mode switching

Cooling Heating

Heating Cooling

F

G

Definition

Cooling switching temperature

Heating switching temperature

X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling

Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling

Thermal Off Temperature for Heating

Thermal On Temperature for Heating

Default(˚C)

2

2

0.5

0.5

1

0

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 93 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Dimensions

4. Dimensions

ARNU18GS3*1

ARNU24GS3*1

H

W

D

More than 5cm

More than 10cm

More than

5cm

More than 2.3m

Installation plate

Drain Hose

Pipe See Note

More than 5cm

More than 10cm

ARNU07GSE*1

ARNU09GSE*1

ARNU12GSE*1

H

W

361

1030

970

D

494 More than 2.3m

More than

5cm

4-R7

13

153

53

Model

ARNU07GSE*1

ARNU09GSE*1

ARNU12GSE*1

ARNU18GS3*1

ARNU24GS3*1

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

1030

W

915

- 94 -

1170

H

282

R208

(unit : mm)

D

169

315 173

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

5. Piping Diagrams

Heat Exchanger

EEV

Filter

C.F.F

Filter lndoor unit

:Cooling

:Heating

: Thermistor

Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter

MODEL

ARNU07GSE*1

ARNU09GSE*1

ARNU12GSE*1

ARNU18GS3*1

ARNU24GS3*1

GAS

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø15.88(5/8)

*SE-(Color) : R(Mirror),V(Silver), B(Blue)

S3 -(Color) : R(Mirror), M(Metal), B(Blue), D(Wood), W(White), C(Cherry)

[unit: mm(inch)]

LIQUID

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 95 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

6. Wiring Diagrams

SE Chassis

Accessory

CONNECTOR NUMBER LOCATION POINT

CN-POWER AC POWER SUPPLY

CN-MOTOR1

CN-COM

FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

COMMUNICATION

CN-EEV

CN-L/R

CN-U/D

CN-TH1

EEV OUTPUT

STEP MOTOR

STEP MOTOR

ROOM/PIPE SENSOR

CN-TH2

CN-SUB

CN-HVB

CN-VFD

CN-CON

CN_AC/DC

DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR

STEP MOTOR(FRONT)

AIR PURIFIER

DISPLAY

SAFETY CONNECTION

AC/DC CONNECTION

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 96 -

FUNCTION

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT FOR LEFT/RIGHT

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT

ROOM & PIPE THERMISTOR

DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

FRONT PANEL STEP MOTOR

AIR PURIFIER OUTPUT

DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS

SAFETY OF INDOOR STATUS

CONNECTION BETWEEN AC PCB AND DC PCB

LGE Internal Use Only

S3 Chassis

BLDC

MOTOR

Wiring Diagrams

Accessory

CONNECTOR NUMBER

CN-POWER

CN-MOTOR1

CN-COM

CN-EEV

CN-L/R

CN-U/D

CN-TH1

CN-TH2

CN-SUB

CN-HVB

CN-VFD

CN-CON

CN_AC/DC

LOCATION POINT

AC POWER SUPPLY

FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

COMMUNICATION

EEV OUTPUT

STEP MOTOR

STEP MOTOR

ROOM/PIPE SENSOR

DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR

STEP MOTOR(FRONT)

AIR PURIFIER

DISPLAY

SAFETY CONNECTION

AC/DC CONNECTION

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 97 -

FUNCTION

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT FOR LEFT/RIGHT

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT

ROOM & PIPE THERMISTOR

DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

FRONT PANEL STEP MOTOR

AIR PURIFIER OUTPUT

DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS

SAFETY OF INDOOR STATUS

CONNECTION BETWEEN AC PCB AND DC PCB

LGE Internal Use Only

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 98 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (Low static)

1. Specifications ...........................................................................100

2. Funtions ....................................................................................102

3. Operation Details......................................................................103

4. Dimensions ...............................................................................106

5. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................107

6. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................108

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 99 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Coil

Fan mm inch

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type

Motor Output x Number

Running Current m

W

A

2

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

External Static Pressure Pa

Drive

Motor type

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Inner Dia.)

Net Weight

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable mm mm

2

2

ARNU07GB1G1

Ceiling Concealed Duct (Low Static)

ARNU09GB1G1 ARNU12GB1G1

2,200 2,800 3,600

1,900

7,500

2,500

2,200

8,500

2,400

9,600

3,200

2,800

10,900

3,100

12,300

4,000

3,400

13,600

Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate

820 x 575 x 190 820 x 575 x 190 820 x 575 x 190

32.3 x 21.7 x 7.5

2x11x21

32.3 x 21.7 x 7.5

2x11x21

32.3 x 21.7 x 7.5

2x11x21

0.16 0.16 0.16

Sirocco Fan

30

0.1

8.5/7.5/6.5

300.2 / 264.9 / 229.6

Sirocco Fan

30

0.1

9.5/8.5/7.5

335.5 / 300.2 / 264.9

Sirocco Fan

30

0.1

10.5/9.5/8.5

370.9 / 335.5 / 300.2

19.6

Direct

19.6

Direct

19.6

Direct

BLDC BLDC BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

25.4 25.4 25.4

17(37.5)

35/33/31

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

17(37.5)

36/34/32

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

17(37.5)

37/35/33

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 100 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body mm inch

Coil

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type m 2

Motor Output x Number

Running Current

W

A

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm Fan cfm

External Static Pressure Pa

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side mm(inch) mm(inch)

Drain Pipe(Inner Dia.)

Net Weight

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable mm mm

2

2

Ceiling Concealed Duct (Low Static)

ARNU18GB2G1

5,600

4,800

ARNU24GB2G1

7,000

6,100

19,100

6,300

5,400

21,500

Galvanized Steel Plate

24,200

8,000

6,900

27,300

Galvanized Steel Plate

1100 x 575 x 190

43.3 x 21.7 x 7.5

1100 x 575 x 190

43.3 x 21.7 x 7.5

2x10x19 2x10x19

0.23 0.23

Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan

80 80

0.24

0.24

16 / 14 / 12

565 / 494.4 / 423.8

19.6

17.5 / 15 / 13

618 / 530 / 459

19.6

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable) Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø12.7(1/2) Ø15.88(5/8)

25.4 25.4

21(46.3) 21(46.3)

40/37/34

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

43/40/37

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 101 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Functions

Indoor Unit

Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller

Sensing the Room Temperature

• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)

Room temperature control

• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.

Starting Current Control

• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.

Indoor Fan Speed Control

• High, Med, Low

Soft Dry Operation Mode

• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.

Auto Restart

• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.

Deice (defrost) control (Heating)

Hot-start Control (Heating)

• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.

• Hot start after defrost ends.

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature reaches 25°C.

High head height Drain pump

• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.

• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.

Central Control(Optional)

Auto Change Over

• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 102 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

3. Operation Details

The functions of main control

Soft-Dry Operation

• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.

Cooling Mode Operation

• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following.

Intake Air Temperature

SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C

(Thermo. ON)

SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C

(Thermo. OFF)

Thermal fan speed

ON

More than

3 minutes

OFF

More than

3 minutes fan speed

ON OFF

Selecting fan speed

ON

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 103 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Heating Mode Operation

The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.

Indoor unit

Heat-Exchanger temperature

40

°

C

T

ST

T

LT

T

Off

T

On

A

Intake Air Temperature

3min

B

Low fan during 10sec

Setting Temperature

+3

°

C

(Thermal OFF)

Setting Temperature

(Thermal ON)

1min

Minimum

3min

1min

Thermal

Outdoor fan

Indoor fan

4way valve

Off Low Low

ON

ON

Setting fan spped

Low

Setting fan spped

ON

Low

OFF

OFF

Off

C

Off

ON

ON

Low

Setting fan spped

• Compressor-off interval

A

°

C, fan operates

at low speed, when it becomes lower than 40

°

C fan stops.

Chassis

Hotstart On

Hotstart Off

T

On

T

Off

Low temperature T

LT

Setting Temperature T

ST

High Static Low Static

BH BG BR B1 B2 CE CF

19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C

22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C

25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C

27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C

Convertible

VE

26°C

27°C

28°C

30°C

VJ

26°C

27°C

28°C

30°C

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 104 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Hot-Start Control

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the indoor unit Hex-Exchanger temperature reaches 30°C.

• The operation diagram is as following.

Indoor unit

Heat-Exchanger temperature

Hotstart Off

Hotstart On

1 min 1 min

Thermal

Outdoor fan

ON

ON

Indoor fan

Off Low

Setting fan speed

ON

4way Valve

• Initial Hotstart On state

Power Off

On

Operation Off

On

Cooling operation

Heating operation

Defrost operation

Off Low

Setting fan speed

Auto Change Over

• In response to user wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.

• The Operation diagram is as following.

Room

Temperature

+F

°

C

+

°

C

+X

°

C

Setting Temperature

ß

-Y

°

C

-1

°

C

-G

°

C

Thermal

O X O X X O X O X O X

Indoor fan

Cycle Cooling Operation

• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition

Switching condition

Tai

Ts - G(2)˚C

Tai

Ts + F(2)˚C

Operation mode switching

Cooling Heating

Heating Cooling

* Tai : Indoor Temperature

* Ts : Setting Temperature

Setting fan speed

Low

Setting fan speed

Low Off

Setting fan speed

H/Start

Setting fan speed

Heating operation

F

H/Start

Setting fan speed

Low

Cooling

Definition

Cooling switching temperature

G Heating switching temperature

X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling

Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling

Thermal Off Temperature for Heating

Thermal On Temperature for Heating

Default(˚C)

2

2

0.5

0.5

1

0

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 105 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Dimensions

4. Dimensions

ARNU07GB1G1/ARNU09GB1G1/ ARNU12GB1G1

ARNU18GB2G1/ARNU24GB2G1

B

A

H

Dimension

Capacity

A

7/9/12k BTU/h 850

18/24k BTU/h 1130

Drainage hole

B

900

1180

C

383

383

Top view

(unit: mm)

D

570

570

E

93.5

93.5

F

190

190

G

20.6

20.6

H

795

1065

I

163

163

(unit: mm)

Front view

600 600

H=20 or more

190

Suitable dimension "H" is necessary to get

a slope to drain as figure

Front

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 106 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

5. Piping Diagrams

Heat Exchanger

EEV

Filter

Sirocco Fan

Filter lndoor unit

: Thermistor

Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter

MODEL

ARNU07GB1G1 / ARNU09GB1G1

ARNU12GB1G1 / ARNU18GB2G1

ARNU24GB2G1

:Cooling

:Heating

GAS

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø15.88(5/8)

[unit: mm(inch)]

LIQUID

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 107 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

6. Wiring Diagrams

Accessory

CONNECTOR

NUMBER

SPEC.

CN-MOTOR1 FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

CN-MOTOR2 FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

CN-PIPE/O DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

CN-PIPE PIPE SENSOR

CN-ROOM ROOM SENSOR

CN-REMO REMOTE CONTROLLER

CN-FLOAT FLOAT SWITCH INPUT

CN-EEV EEV OUTPUT

CN-D/PUMP DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT

CN-OPTION OPTION PWB.

CN-COM COMMUNICATION

CN-D/PUMP DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT

CN-POWER AC POWER SUPPLY

DESCRIPTION

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

PIPE THERMISTOR

ROOM THERMISTOR

REMOTE CONTROL LINE

FLOAT SWITCH SENSING

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP

COMMUNICATION BETWEEN MAIN AND OPTION

COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 108 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (Built in)

1. Specifications ...........................................................................110

2. Funtions ....................................................................................112

3. Operation Details......................................................................113

4. Dimensions ...............................................................................116

5. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................117

6. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................118

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 109 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

Type

Accessory

Model

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Coil

Fan mm inch

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type m

2

Motor Output x Number

Running Current

W

A

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

External Static Pressure Pa

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)

Net Weight

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable mm mm

2

2

Ceiling Concealed Duct (Built-in)

PBSGB10

ARNU07GB3G1

2,200

1,900

PBSGB10

ARNU09GB3G1

2,800

2,400

PBSGB10

ARNU12GB3G1

3,600

3,100

7,500

2,500

2,200

8,500

9,600

3,200

2,800

10,900

12,300

4,000

3,400

13,600

Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate

820 x 575 x 190

32.3 x 21.7 x 7.5

820 x 575 x 190

32.3 x 21.7 x 7.5

820 x 575 x 190

32.3 x 21.7 x 7.5

2x11x21 2x11x21 2x11x21

0.16 0.16 0.16

Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan

30

0.1

8.5/7.5/6.5

300.2/264.9/229.6

19.6

30

0.1

9.5/8.5/7.5

335.5/300.2/264.9

19.6

30

0.1

10.5/9.5/8.5

370.9/335.5/300.2

19.6

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable) Net(Washable) Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2)

25.4 25.4 25.4

17(37.5) 17(37.5) 17(37.5)

35/33/31

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

36/34/32

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

37/35/33

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 110 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

Type

Accessory

Model

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Coil

Fan mm inch

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type

Motor Output x Number

Running Current m

W

A

2

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

External Static Pressure Pa

Drive

Motor type

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)

Net Weight

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable mm mm

2

2

Ceiling Concealed Duct (Built-in)

PBSGB20

ARNU18GB4G1

5,600

4,800

19,100

6,300

5,400

21,500

Galvanized Steel Plate

PBSGB20

ARNU24GB4G1

7,100

6,100

24,200

8,000

6,900

27,300

Galvanized Steel Plate

1100 x 575 x 190

43.3 x 21.7 x 7.5

1100 x 575 x 190

43.3 x 21.7 x 7.5

2x10x19 2x10x19

0.23 0.23

Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan

80

0.25

16/14/12

565/494.4/423.8

19.6

80

0.25

17.5/15/13

618/530/459

19.6

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable) Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø12.7(1/2) Ø15.88(5/8)

25.4 25.4

21(46.3) 21(46.3)

40/37/34

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

43/40/37

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 111 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Functions

Indoor Unit

Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller

Sensing the Room Temperature

• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)

Room temperature control

• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.

Starting Current Control

• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.

Indoor Fan Speed Control

• High, Med, Low

Soft Dry Operation Mode

• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.

Auto Restart

• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.

Deice (defrost) control (Heating)

Hot-start Control (Heating)

• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.

• Hot start after defrost ends.

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature reaches 25°C.

High head height Drain pump

• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.

• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.

Central Control(Optional)

Auto Change Over

• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 112 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

3. Operation Details

(1) The function of main control

Soft-Dry Operation

• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.

Cooling Mode Operation

• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following.

Intake Air Temperature

SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C

(Thermo. ON)

SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C

(Thermo. OFF)

Thermal fan speed

ON

More than

3 minutes

OFF

More than

3 minutes fan speed

ON OFF

Selecting fan speed

ON

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 113 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Heating Mode Operation

The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.

Indoor unit

Heat-Exchanger temperature

40

°

C

T

ST

T

LT

T

Off

T

On

A

Intake Air Temperature

Setting Temperature

+3

°

C

(Thermal OFF)

Setting Temperature

(Thermal ON)

3min

B Low fan during 10sec

1min

Minimum

3min

1min

Thermal

Outdoor fan

Indoor fan

4way valve

Off Low Low

ON

ON

Setting fan spped

Low

Setting fan spped

ON

Low

OFF

OFF

Off

C

Off

ON

ON

Low

Setting fan spped

• Compressor-off interval

A

°

C, fan operates

at low speed, when it becomes lower than 40

°

C fan stops.

Chassis

Hotstart On

Hotstart Off

T

On

T

Off

Low temperature T

LT

Setting Temperature T

ST

High Static Low Static

BH BG BR B1 B2 CE CF

19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C

22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C

25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C

27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C

Convertible

VE

26°C

27°C

28°C

30°C

VJ

26°C

27°C

28°C

30°C

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 114 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Hot-Start Control

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the indoor unit Hex-Exchanger temperature reaches 30°C.

• The operation diagram is as following.

Indoor unit

Heat-Exchanger temperature

Hotstart Off

Hotstart On

1 min 1 min

Thermal

Outdoor fan

Indoor fan

Off Low

ON

ON

Setting fan speed

ON

4way Valve

• Initial Hotstart On state

Power Off

On

Operation Off

On

Cooling operation

Heating operation

Defrost operation

Off Low

Setting fan speed

Auto Change Over

• In response to user wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.

• The Operation diagram is as following.

Room

Temperature

+F

°

C

+

°

C

+X

°

C

Setting Temperature

ß

-Y

°

C

-1

°

C

-G

°

C

Thermal

Indoor fan

O X O X

Setting fan speed

Low

Setting fan speed

Low

Cooling Operation

X

Off

Cycle

• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition

Switching condition

Tai

Ts - G(2)˚C

Tai

Ts + F(2)˚C

Operation mode switching

Cooling Heating

Heating Cooling

* Tai : Indoor Temperature

* Ts : Setting Temperature

O X O X

Setting fan speed

H/Start

Setting fan speed

Heating operation

H/Start

F

O X

Setting fan speed

Low

Cooling

Definition

Cooling switching temperature

G Heating switching temperature

X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling

Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling

Thermal Off Temperature for Heating

Thermal On Temperature for Heating

Default(˚C)

2

2

0.5

0.5

1

0

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 115 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Dimensional Drawings

4. Dimensional Drawings

ARNU07GB3G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc’y)

ARNU09GB3G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc’y)

ARNU12GB3G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc’y)

ARNU18GB4G1+PBSGB20(Acc'y), PBSC20(Acc’y)

ARNU24GB4G1+PBSGB20(Acc'y), PBSC20(Acc’y)

With Suction Grilel

With Suction Grille

& suction canvas

Btu/h A

7, 9, 12K 938

18, 24K 1218

A

With Suction Grilel

A

With Suction Grille & suction canvas

A

A

Built In Suction Grille

C

B

PBSGB10

PBSGB20

A

949

1227

B

372

372

C

56.5

56.5

A

Built In Suction Canvas

B

C

Top view

(unit: mm)

Control box

Front view

A

PBSGB10 826.6

PBSGB20

1104.6

B

336

336

C

42~250

42~250

(unit: mm)

(unit: mm)

600

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

600

- 116 -

H

Suitable dimension "H" is necessary to get

a slope to drain as given in the figure

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

5. Piping Diagrams

Heat Exchanger

EEV

Filter

Sirocco Fan

Filter lndoor unit

:Cooling

:Heating

: Thermistor

Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter

MODEL

ARNU07GB3G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc'y)

ARNU09GB3G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc'y)

ARNU12GB3G1+PBSGB10(Acc'y), PBSC10(Acc'y)

ARNU18GB4G1+PBSGB20(Acc'y), PBSC20(Acc'y)

ARNU24GB4G1+PBSGB20(Acc'y), PBSC20(Acc'y)

GAS

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø15.88(5/8)

[unit: mm(inch)]

LIQUID

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 117 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

6. Wiring Diagrams

Accessory

CONNECTOR

NUMBER

SPEC.

CN-MOTOR1 FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

CN-MOTOR2 FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

CN-PIPE/O DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

CN-PIPE PIPE SENSOR

CN-ROOM ROOM SENSOR

CN-REMO REMOTE CONTROLLER

CN-FLOAT FLOAT SWITCH INPUT

CN-EEV EEV OUTPUT

CN-D/PUMP DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT

CN-OPTION OPTION PWB.

CN-COM COMMUNICATION

CN-D/PUMP DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT

CN-POWER AC POWER SUPPLY

DESCRIPTION

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

PIPE THERMISTOR

ROOM THERMISTOR

REMOTE CONTROL LINE

FLOAT SWITCH SENSING

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP

COMMUNICATION BETWEEN MAIN AND OPTION

COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 118 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Ceiling Concealed Duct Type (High Static)

1. Specifications ...........................................................................120

2. Funtions ....................................................................................122

3. Operation Details......................................................................123

4. Dimensions ...............................................................................126

5. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................127

6. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................128

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 119 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Coil

Fan mm inch

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type

Motor Output x Number

Running Current m

W

A

2

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

External Static Pressure Pa

Drive

Motor type

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm

Net Weight kg(lbs)

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable mm mm

2

2

ARNU18GBHA1

Ceiling Concealed Duct(High Static)

ARNU24GBHA1 ARNU28GBGA1

5,600 7,100 8,200

4,800

19,100

6,300

5,400

21,500

6,100

24,200

8,000

6,900

27,300

7,100

28,000

9,200

8,000

31,500

Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate

882x450x260 882x450x260 1182x450x298

34.7x17.7x10.2

2x10x21

34.7x17.7x10.2

3x10x21

46.5x17.7x10.2

3x12x21

0.15 0.15 0.26

Sirocco Fan

150

Sirocco Fan

150

0.92 0.92

16.5/14.5/13 18/16.5/14

582/512/459 635/582/494

Sirocco Fan

450

2.30

25.2/22/17.1

890/777/604

58.8

Direct

58.8

Direct

78.5

Direct

BLDC BLDC BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

25.0 25.0 25.0

35(77.2)

42.5/41/37

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

35(77.2)

45/43/41

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

38(83.8)

44/42/40

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 120 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Coil

Fan mm inch

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type

Motor Output x Number

Running Current m

W

A

2

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

External Static Pressure Pa

Drive

Motor type

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm

Net Weight kg(lbs)

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable mm mm

2

2

ARNU36GBGA1

Ceiling Concealed Duct(High Static)

ARNU42GBGA1 ARNU48GBRA1

10,600 12,300 14,100

9,100

36,200

11,900

10,200

40,600

10,600

42,000

13,800

11,000

43,800

12,100

48,100

15,900

13,200

51,200

Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate

1182x450x298 1182x450x298 1230x590x380

46.5x17.7x10.2

3x12x21

0.26

46.5x17.7x10.2

3x12x21

48.4x23.2x15

3x13x19

0.26 0.38

Sirocco Fan

450

2.3

28.4/25.2/22

1003/890/777

Sirocco Fan

450

2.3

32/29/27

1130/1024/953

Sirocco Fan

450

2.4

45/40/34

1589/1413/1201

78.5

Direct

78.5

Direct

98.1

Direct

BLDC BLDC BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

25

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

25.0 25.0

38(83.8)

46/44/42

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

38(83.8)

48/46/45

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

53(117)

45/43/41

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 121 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Functions

Indoor Unit

Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller

Sensing the Room Temperature

• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)

Room temperature control

• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.

Starting Current Control

• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.

Indoor Fan Speed Control

• High, Med, Low

Soft Dry Operation Mode

• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.

Auto Restart

• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.

Deice (defrost) control (Heating)

Hot-start Control (Heating)

• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.

• Hot start after defrost ends.

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature reaches 30°C.

High head height Drain pump

• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.

• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.

Central Control(Optional)

Auto Change Over

• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 122 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

3. Operation Details

The functions of main control

Soft-Dry Operation

• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.

Cooling Mode Operation

• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following.

Intake Air Temperature

SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C

(Thermo. ON)

SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C

(Thermo. OFF) More than

3 minutes

More than

3 minutes

Thermal fan speed

ON OFF fan speed

ON OFF

Selecting fan speed

ON

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 123 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Heating Mode Operation

The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.

Indoor unit

Heat-Exchanger temperature

40

°

C

T

ST

T

LT

T

Off

T

On

A

Intake Air Temperature

Setting Temperature

+3

°

C

(Thermal OFF)

3min

B Low fan during 10sec

Setting Temperature

(Thermal ON)

1min

Minimum

3min

1min

Thermal

Outdoor fan

Indoor fan

4way valve

Off Low Low

ON

ON

Setting fan spped

Low

Setting fan spped

ON

Low

OFF

OFF

Off

C

Off

ON

ON

Low

Setting fan spped

• Compressor-off interval

A

°

C, fan operates

at low speed, when it becomes lower than 40

°

C fan stops.

Chassis

Hotstart On

Hotstart Off

T

On

T

Off

Low temperature T

LT

Setting Temperature T

ST

High Static Low Static

BH BG BR B1 B2 CE CF

19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C

22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C

25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C

27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C

Convertible

VE

26°C

27°C

28°C

30°C

VJ

26°C

27°C

28°C

30°C

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 124 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Hot-Start Control

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the indoor unit Hex-Exchanger temperature reaches 30°C.

• The operation diagram is as following.

Indoor unit

Heat-Exchanger temperature

Hotstart Off

Hotstart On

1 min 1 min

Thermal

Outdoor fan

Indoor fan

Off Low

ON

ON

Setting fan speed

ON

Off Low

Setting fan speed

4way Valve

• Initial Hotstart On state

Power Off

On

Operation Off

On

Cooling operation

Heating operation

Defrost operation

Auto Change Over

• In response to user wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.

• The Operation diagram is as following.

Room

Temperature

+F

°

C

+

°

C

+X

°

C

Setting Temperature

ß

-Y

°

C

-1

°

C

-G

°

C

Thermal

O X O X X O X O X O X

Indoor fan

Cycle Cooling Operation

• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition

Switching condition

Tai

Ts - G(2)˚C

Tai

Ts + F(2)˚C

Operation mode switching

Cooling Heating

Heating Cooling

* Tai : Indoor Temperature

* Ts : Setting Temperature

Setting fan speed

Low

Setting fan speed

Low Off

Setting fan speed

H/Start

Setting fan speed

Heating operation

F

G

H/Start

Setting fan speed

Low

Cooling

Definition

Cooling switching temperature

Heating switching temperature

X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling

Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling

Thermal Off Temperature for Heating

Thermal On Temperature for Heating

Default(˚C)

2

2

0.5

0.5

1

0

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 125 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Dimensions

4. Dimensions

ARNU18GBHA1

ARNU24GBHA1

ARNU28GBGA1

ARNU36GBGA1

ARNU42GBGA1

ARNU48GBRA1

A

B h i l j k

(G)

H a b c d

(Unit: mm)

Model A B

C D E F (G) H J K a b c d e f h i j k l

18/24k BH

48k BR

932 882

28/36/42k BG 1232 1182

355 47 450 30 87 830 186 298 232 243 232 243 116 160 53 65 83 19 165

1282 1230

355 47 450 30 87 750 158 260 64 243 212 243 106 130 52 65 83 19 165

477 56 590 30 120 1006 294 380 215 279 241 279 185 168 51 98 83 17 172

Top view

(unit: mm)

Inspection hole

(600X600)

Control box

Front view

600 600

H

Suitable dimension "H" is necessary

to get a slope to drain as figure.

Front

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 126 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

5. Piping Diagrams

Heat Exchanger

EEV

Filter

Sirocco Fan

Filter lndoor unit

: Thermistor

Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter

MODEL

ARNU18GBHA1

ARNU24GBHA1

ARNU28GBGA1

ARNU36GBGA1

ARNU42GBGA1

ARNU48GBRA1

:Cooling

:Heating

GAS

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

[unit: mm(inch)]

LIQUID

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 127 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

6. Wiring Diagrams

BH Chassis

Accessory

CONNECTOR NUMBER

CN-POWER

CN-MOTOR2

CN-D/PUMP

CN-COMM

CN-EEV

CN-FLOAT

CN-PIPE

CN-PIPE/O

CN-ROOM

CN-REMO

LOCATION POINT

AC POWER SUPPLY

FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT

COMMUNICATION

EEV OUTPUT

FLOAT SWITCH INPUT

PIPE SENSOR

DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR

ROOM SENSOR

REMOTE CONTROLLER

FUNCTION

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP

CONNECTION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

FLOAT SWITCH SENSING

PIPE THERMISTOR

DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

ROOM THERMISTOR

REMOTE CONTROL LINE

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 128 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

BG/BR Chassis

Accessory

CONNECTOR NUMBER

CN-POWER

CN-MOTOR2

CN-D/PUMP

CN-COMM

CN-EEV

CN-FLOAT

CN-PIPE

CN-PIPE/O

CN-ROOM

CN-REMO

CN-INFANSUB

LOCATION POINT

AC POWER SUPPLY

FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT

COMMUNICATION

EEV OUTPUT

FLOAT SWITCH INPUT

PIPE SENSOR

DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR

ROOM SENSOR

REMOTE CONTROLLER

STARTING SIGNAL CONTROL

FUNCTION

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP

CONNECTION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

FLOAT SWITCH SENSING

PIPE THERMISTOR

DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

ROOM THERMISTOR

REMOTE CONTROL LINE

STARTING SIGNAL CONTROL

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 129 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 130 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wall Mountedd Type

1. Specifications ...........................................................................132

2. Functions ..................................................................................134

3. Operation Details......................................................................135

4. Dimensions ...............................................................................142

5. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................143

6. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................144

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 131 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

* Model Name

A:Basic L:Plasma

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Coil

Fan

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type m 2

Motor Output x Number

Running Current

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

W

A

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h mm inch

Motor type

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Net Weight

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable

Color mm mm

2

2

ARNU07GSE*1

2,200

1,900

7,500

2,500

2,200

8,500

895x165x282

35.2x6.5x11.1

Wall Mounted

ARNU09GSE*1

2,800

2,400

9,600

3,200

2,800

10,900

895x165x282

35.2x6.5x11.1

ARNU12GSE*1

3,600

3,100

12,300

4,000

3,400

13,600

895x165x282

35.2x6.5x11.1

2x15x20 2x15x20 2x15x20

0.32 0.32 0.32

Cross Flow Fan

40

0.2

Cross Flow Fan

40

0.2

Cross Flow Fan

40

0.2

5.6/5/4.6

198/177/162.5

Direct

BLDC

7/ 6.5 /6

247/230/212

Direct

BLDC

9.5/ 9/8.5

336/318/300

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

16

9(19.8)

37/33/23

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

16

9(19.8)

39/35/25

1, 220 ~240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

16

9(19.8)

41/36/27

1, 220 ~240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 132 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Coil

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type

Motor Output x Number

Running Current m

W

A

2

Fan Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h mm inch

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side mm(inch) mm(inch)

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)

Net Weight

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable

Color mm mm

2

2

* Model Name

A:Basic L:Plasma

Wall Mounted

ARNU18GS5*1

5,600

4,800

19,100

6,300

5,400

21,500

1090x178x300

ARNU24GS5*1

7,100

6,100

24,200

8,000

6,900

27,300

1090x178x300

42.9x7x11.8

2x15x20

42.9x7x11.8

2x15x20

0.23 0.23

Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan

40 40

0.2 0.2

12/10.5/9 14/13/11

424/371/318

Direct

BLDC

494/459/388

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø12.7(1/2)

16

12(26.5)

44/40/36

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

Ø15.88(5/8)

16

12(26.5)

46/41/38

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 133 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Functions

Indoor Unit

Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller

Sensing the Room Temperature

• Room temperature sensor. (THERMISTOR)

Room temperature control

• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting temperature

Starting Current Control

• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 sec at the starting.

Indoor Fan Speed Control

• High, Med, Low, CHAOS

Operation indication Lamps (LED)

Signal Receptor

Receives the signals from the remote control.(Signal receiving sound: two short beeps or one long beep.)

Operation Indication Lamps

On/Off : Lights up during the system operation.

Sleep Mode

Timer

Defrost Mode

Temperature

: Lights up during Sleep Mode Auto operation.

: Lights up during Timer operation.

: Lights up during Defrost Mode or Hot Start operation.

: Indicate the setting temperature.

Soft Dry Operation Mode

• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.

Sleep Mode Auto Control

• The fan is switched to low(Cooling), med(Heating) speed.

• The unit will be stopped after 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 hours.

Natural Air Control by CHAOS Logic

• The fan is switched to intermittent or irregular operation

• The fan speed is automatically switched from high to low speed.

Airflow Direction Control

• The louver can be set at the desired position or swing up and down automatically.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 134 -

Defrost(Deice) control (Heating)

• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.

Hot-start Control (Heating)

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator pipe temperature will be reached at 28°C.

Auto Change Over

• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

3. Operation Details

The functions of main control

DISPLAY

(1) High quality LCD remote controller supplied

Operation Indicator

• On while in appliance operation, off while in appliance pause

Timer(on/off) and Sleep timer Indicator

• On while in timer mode (on/off) and in sleep timer mode, off when timer mode is completed or canceled

Defrost Indicator

• Off except when hot start during heating mode operation or while in defrost control.

Plasma Indicator

• On while in plasma mode, off while plasma mode is canceled.

Auto restart

• In case the power comes on again after a power failure, Auto Restarting Operation is the function to operate procedures automatically to the previous operating conditions.

If your want to use this operation, press the Auto Restart Button.

Power(Forced Operation)

• Operation starts, when this button is pressed and stops when you press the button again.

Cooling Mode Operation

• When the intake air temperature reaches 0.5°C below the setting temp, the compressor and the outdoor fan stop.

• When it reaches 0.5°C above the setting temp, they start to operate again.

Compressor ON Temp=> Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp-0.5°C

• While in compressor running, operating with the airflow speed set by the remote controller. While in compressor not running, operating with the low airflow speed regardless of the setting.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 135 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Healthy Dehumidification Mode

• When the dehumidification operation input by the remote controller is received, the intake air temperature is detected and the setting temp is automatically set according to the intake air temperature.

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp < 26°C => Intake Air Temp-1°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp < 24°C => Intake Air Temp-0.5°C

Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C

• While in compressor off, the indoor fan repeats low airflow speed and pause.

• While the intake air temp is between compressor on temp. and compressor off temp., 10-min dehumidification operation and 4-min compressor off repeat

Compressor ON Temp. => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp. => Setting Temp-0.5°C

• In 10-min dehumidification operation, the indoor fan operates with the low airflow speed.

Heating Mode Operation

• When the intake air temp reaches +3°Cabove the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Thermo ON Temp. => Setting Temp. +2°C

Thermo OFF Temp. => Setting Temp. +4°C

• While in compressor on, when above 38°C , it operates with or setting airflow speed (while in sleep mode, with the medium airflow speed).

• While in compressor off, the indoor fan is off when the indoor pipe temp is below 33°C , when above 35°C , it operates with the low airflow speed.

• While in defrost control, both of the indoor and outdoor fans are turned off.

Defrost Control

• While in heating mode operation in order to protect outdoor unit from freezing, reversed to cooling cycle to defrost the outdoor unit.

Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)

• According to the temperature set by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 136 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C

22°C

Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp

Intake Air Temp<18°C => 18°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature

Fuzzy Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)

• When any of operation mode is not selected like the moment of the power on or when 3 hrs has passed since the operation off, the operation mode is selected.

• When determining the operation mode, the compressor, the outdoor fan, and the 4 way valve are off and only the indoor fan is operated for 15 seconds. Then an operation mode is selected according to the intake air temp at that moment as follows.

24°C

Inatake Air Temp => Fuzzy Operation for Cooling

21°C

Inatake Air Temp<24°C => Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification

Inatake Air Temp<21°C => Fuzzy Operation for Heating

• If any of the operation modes among cooling / dehumidification / heating mode operations is carried out for 10 sec or longer before Fuzzy operation, the mode before Fuzzy operation is operated.

1) Fuzzy Operation for Cooling

• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C

22°C

Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp

Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is automatically selected according to the temperature.

2) Fuzzy Operation for Dehumidification

• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 0.5°C or more below the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When 0.5°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp+0.5°C

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 137 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

26°C

Intake Air Temp => 25°C

24°C

Intake Air Temp<26°C => Intake Air Temp+1°C

22°C

Intake Air Temp<24°C => Intake Air Temp+0.5°C

18°C

Intake Air Temp<22°C => Intake Air Temp

Intake Air Temp < 18°C => 18°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan repeats the low airflow speed or pause as in dehumidification operation.

3) Fuzzy Operation for Heating

• According to the setting temperature selected by Fuzzy rule, when the intake air temp is 3°C or more above the setting temp, the compressor is turned off. When below the setting temp, the compressor is turned on.

Compressor ON Temp => Setting Temp. +2°C

Compressor OFF Temp => Setting Temp. +4°C

• At the beginning of Fuzzy mode operation, the setting temperature is automatically selected according to the intake air temp at that time.

20°C

Intake Air Temp => Intake Air Temp + 0.5°C

Intake Air Temp < 20°C => 20°C

• When the Fuzzy key (Temperature Control key) is input after the initial setting temperature is selected, the

Fuzzy key value and the intake air temperature at that time are compared to select the setting temperature automatically according to the Fuzzy rule.

• While in Fuzzy operation, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the high or the medium according to the intake air temperature and the setting temperature.

Airflow Speed Selection

• The airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to high, medium, low, or chaos by the input of the airflow speed selection key on the remote controller.

On-Timer Operation

• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance starts to operate.

• The timer LED is on when the on-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.

• If the appliance is operating at the time set by the timer, the operation continues.

Off-Timer Operation

• When the set time is reached after the time is input by the remote controller, the appliance stops operating.

• The timer LED is on when the off-timer is input. It is off when the time set by the timer is reached.

• If the appliance is on pause at the time set by the timer, the pause continues.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 138 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Off-Timer <=> On-Timer Operation

• When the set time is reached after the on/off time is input by the remote controller, the on/off-timer operation is carried out according to the set time.

Sleep Timer Operation

• When the sleep time is reached after <1,2,3,4,5,6,7,0(cancel) hr> is input by the remote controller while in appliance operation, the operation of the appliance stops.

• While the appliance is on pause, the sleep timer mode cannot be input.

• While in cooling mode operation, 30 min later since the start of the sleep timer, the setting temperature increases by 1°C After another 30 min elapse, it increases by 1°C again.

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in cooling cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the low.

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in heating cycle mode, the airflow speed of the indoor fan is set to the medium.

Chaos Swing Mode

• By the Chaos Swing key input, the vane automatically operates with the Chaos Swing or they are fixed to the desired direction.

Chaos Natural Wind Mode

• When the Chaos Natural Wind mode is selected and then operated, the high, medium, or low speed of the airflow mode is operated for 2~15 sec randomly by the Chaos Simulation.”

Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit C/O Model)

• If the Jet Cool key is input at any operation mode while in appliance operation, the Jet Cool mode operates.

• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.

• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.

• During the JET COOL function at any moment, the A/C starts to blow the cool air with side louvers closed at extremely high speed for 30 minutes setting the room temp. automatically to 18°C.

Jet Cool Mode Operation (Outdoor unit H/P Model)

• While in heating mode or Fuzzy operation, the Jet Cool key cannot be input. When it is input while in the other mode operation (cooling, dehumidification, ventilation), the Jet Cool mode is operated.”

• In the Jet Cool mode, the indoor fan is operated at super-high speed for 30 min at cooling mode operation.

• In the Jet Cool mode operation, the room temperature is controlled to the setting temperature, 18°C

• When the sleep timer mode is input while in the Jet Cool mode operation, the Jet Cool mode has the priority.

• During the JET HEAT function at any moment, the A/C starts to blow the hot air with side louvers closed at extremely high speed for 60 minutes setting the room temp. automatically to 30°C.

Auto Restarting Operation

• When the power is restored after a sudden power failure while in appliance operation, the mode before the power failure is kept on the memory and the appliance automatically operates in the mode on the memory.

• Operation Mode that is kept on the memory

- State of Operation ON/OFF

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 139 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

- Operation Mode/Setting Temp/Selected Airflow Speed

- Sleep Timer Mode/Remaining Time of Sleep Timer (unit of hour)

Forced Operation

• Operation procedures when the remote control can't be used.

• The operation will be started if the power button is pressed.

• If you want to stop operation, re-press the button.

Operating mode

Indoor Fan Speed

Setting Temperature

Cooling Model

Cooling

High

22°C

Heat pump Model

Room Temp.

24°C 21°C

Room Temp. < 24°C Room Temp. < 21°C

Cooling Healthy Dehumidification Heating

High

22°C

High

23°C

High

24°C

• While in forced operation, the key input by the remote control has no effect and the buzzer sounds 10 times to indicate the forced operation.

Test operation

During the TEST OPERATION, the unit operates in cooling mode at high speed fan, regardless of room temperature and resets in 18±1 minutes.

During test operation, if remote controller signal is received, the unit operates as remote controller sets.

If you want to use this operation, Press and hold ON/OFF button 3~5 seconds, then the buzzer sound 1 "beep".

If you want to stop the operation, re-press the button.

Protection of the evaporator pipe from frosting

• If the indoor pipe temp is below 0°C in 7 min. after the compressor operates without any pause while in cooling cycle operation mode, the compressor and the outdoor fan are turned off in order to protect the indoor evaporator pipe from frosting.

• When the indoor pipe temp is 7°C or higher after 3 min. pause of the compressor, the compressor and the outdoor fan is turned on according to the condition of the room temperature.

Buzzer Sounding Operation

• When the appliance-operation key is input by the remote control, the short "beep-beep-" sounds.

• When the appliance-pause key is input by the remote control, the long "beep—" sounds.

• When a key is input by the remote control while the slide switch on the main unit of the appliance is on the forced operation position, the error sound "beep-beep-beep-beep-beep-" is made 10 times to indicate that the remote control signal cannot be received.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 140 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Air Cleaner Operation

• When an air cleaner function is selected during Air Conditioner operation

- Plasma air cleaner function will be operated while in any operation mode with selecting the function.

- The function is to be stopped while it is operating with selecting the function.

• When an air cleaner function is selected during operation off

- The function will be only operated.

• When inlet grille of air conditioner is opened during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) is to be stopped. When inlet grille of air conditioner is closed during plasma operation, High Voltage Generator(H.V.B) will be operated again.

Auto Change Over

• In response to user's wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.

• The Operation diagram is as following.

Room

Temperature

+F

°

C

+

°

C

+X

°

C

Setting Temperature

ß

-Y

°

C

-1

°

C

-G

°

C

Thermal

Indoor fan

Cycle

O

X

O

X

Setting

Fan

Speed

Low

Setting

Fan

Speed

Low

Cooling Operation

X

Off

O

X

O

X

Setting

Fan

Speed

H/Start

Setting

Fan

Speed

Heating operation

H/Start

O

X

Setting

Fan

Speed

Low

Cooling

• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition

Switching condition

Tai

Ts - G(2)˚C

Tai

Ts + F(2)˚C

* Tai : Indoor Temperature

* Ts : Setting Temperature

Operation mode switching

Cooling Heating

Heating Cooling

F

G

Definition

Cooling switching temperature

Heating switching temperature

X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling

Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling

Thermal Off Temperature for Heating

Thermal On Temperature for Heating

Default(˚C)

2

2

0.5

0.5

1

0

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 141 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Dimensions

4. Dimensions

ARNU07GSE*1

ARNU09GSE*1

ARNU12GSE*1

ARNU18GS5*1

ARNU24GS5*1

H

W

1090

D

178

51

Model

Dimension

W

H

D mm mm mm

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

SE(7, 9, 12K)

895

282

165

- 142 -

Installation plate

(unit:mm)

S5(18, 24K)

1090

300

178

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

5. Piping Diagrams

Heat Exchanger

EEV

Filter

C.F.F

Filter lndoor unit

: Thermistor

Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter

MODEL

ARNU07GSE*1

ARNU09GSE*1

ARNU12GSE*1

ARNU18GS5*1

ARNU24GS5*1

:Cooling

:Heating

GAS

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø15.88(5/8)

[unit: mm(inch)]

LIQUID

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 143 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

6. Wiring Diagrams

SE

S5

Accessory

Accessory

CONNECTOR NUMBER

CN-POWER

CN-MOTOR

CN-COM

CN-DISP1

CN-DISP2

CN-EEV

CN-U/D

CN-TH1

LOCATION POINT

AC POWER SUPPLY

FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

COMMUNICATION

DISPLAY

DISPLAY

EEV OUTPUT

STEP MOTOR

ROOM/PIPE SENSOR

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

FUNCTION

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

CONNECTION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS

DISPLAY OF INDOOR STATUS

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

STEP MOTOR OUTPUT

ROOM AND PIPE THERMISTOR

- 144 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Convertible Type

1. Specifications ...........................................................................146

2. Functions ..................................................................................148

3. Operation Details......................................................................149

4. Dimensions ...............................................................................152

5. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................154

6. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................155

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 145 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Coil

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type m 2

Fan

Motor Output x Number

Running Current

W

A

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h mm inch

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Safety Device

Liquid Side mm(inch)

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm(inch) mm

Net Weight kg(lbs)

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable

Color mm mm

2

2

Ceiling & Floor

ARNU09GVEA1

2,800

2,400

9,600

3,200

2,800

10,900

ARNU12GVEA1

3,600

3,100

12,300

4,000

3,400

13,600

900x200x490

35.4x7.9x19.3

900x200x490

35.4x7.9x19.3

2x12x20 2x12x20

0.10 0.10

Cross Flow Fan Cross Flow Fan

30

0.13

7.6/6.9/6.2

268/244/219

Direct

30

0.13

9.2/7.6/6.9

325/269/244

Direct

BLDC BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Foamed polystrene

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

16

12(26.5)

36/32/28

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

Ø12.7(1/2)

16

12(26.5)

38/36/30

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 146 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Coil

Fan mm inch

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type

Motor Output x Number m 2

W

Running Current A

Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side mm(inch) mm(inch)

Net Weight

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.) mm kg(lbs)

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1.5m, H/M/L) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable

Color mm mm

2

2

Ceiling Suspended

ARNU18GVJA1

5,600

4,800

19,100

6,300

5,400

ARNU24GVJA1

7,100

6,100

24,200

8,000

6,900

21,500

Galvanized Steel Plate+Painting

950x220x650

37.4x8.7x25.6

3x14x19

27,300

Galvanized Steel Plate+Painting

950x220x650

37.4x8.7x25.6

3x14x19

0.23 0.23

Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan

63.0 63.0

0.31 0.31

16/ 14 /12 18/16/14

565/495/424

Direct

636/566/495

Direct

BLDC BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

16

15(33.1)

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

16

15(33.1)

42/40/37

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

43/41/39

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Morning fog

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 147 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Functions

Indoor Unit

Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller

Sensing the Room Temperature

• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)

Room temperature control

• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.

Starting Current Control

• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.

Indoor Fan Speed Control

• High, Med, Low

Soft Dry Operation Mode

• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.

Auto Restart

• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.

Deice (defrost) control (Heating)

Hot-start Control (Heating)

• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.

• Hot start after defrost ends.

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature reaches 25°C.

High head height Drain pump

• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.

Central Control(Optional)

• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.

Auto Change Over

• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 148 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

3. Operation Details

The functions of main control

Soft-Dry Operation

• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.

Cooling Mode Operation

• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following.

Intake Air Temperature

SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C

(Thermo. ON)

SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C

(Thermo. OFF) More than

3 minutes

More than

3 minutes

Thermal fan speed

ON OFF fan speed

ON OFF

Selecting fan speed

ON

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 149 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Heating Mode Operation

The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.

Indoor unit

Heat-Exchanger temperature

40

°

C

T

ST

T

LT

T

Off

T

On

A

Intake Air Temperature

Setting Temperature

+3

°

C

(Thermal OFF)

Setting Temperature

(Thermal ON)

3min

B

Low fan during 10sec

1min

Minimum

3min

1min

Thermal

Outdoor fan

Indoor fan

4way valve

Off Low Low

ON

ON

Setting fan spped

Low

Setting fan spped

ON

Low

OFF

OFF

Off

C

Off

ON

ON

Low

Setting fan spped

• Compressor-off interval

A

°

C, fan operates

at low speed, when it becomes lower than 40

°

C fan stops.

Chassis

Hotstart On

Hotstart Off

T

On

T

Off

Low temperature T

LT

Setting Temperature T

ST

High Static Low Static

BH BG BR B1 B2 CE CF

19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C

22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C

25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C

27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C

Convertible

VE

26°C

27°C

28°C

30°C

VJ

26°C

27°C

28°C

30°C

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 150 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Hot-Start Control

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the indoor unit Hex-Exchanger temperature reaches 30°C.

• The operation diagram is as following.

Indoor unit

Heat-Exchanger temperature

Hotstart Off

Hotstart On

1 min 1 min

Thermal

Outdoor fan

Indoor fan

4way Valve

Off Low

ON

ON

Setting fan speed

ON

Off Low

Setting fan speed

• Initial Hotstart On state

Power Off

On

Operation Off

On

Cooling operation

Heating operation

Defrost operation

Auto Change Over

• In response to user wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.

• The Operation diagram is as following.

Room

Temperature

+F

°

C

+

°

C

+X

°

C

Setting Temperature

ß

-Y

°

C

-1

°

C

-G

°

C

Thermal

O X O X X

Indoor fan

Setting fan speed

Low

Setting fan speed

Low

Cycle Cooling Operation

• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition

Off

O X O X

Setting fan speed

H/Start

Setting fan speed

Heating operation

H/Start

O X

Setting fan speed

Low

Cooling

Switching condition

Tai

Ts - G(2)˚C

Tai

Ts + F(2)˚C

* Tai : Indoor Temperature

* Ts : Setting Temperature

Operation mode switching

Cooling Heating

Heating Cooling

F

G

Definition

Cooling switching temperature

Heating switching temperature

X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling

Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling

Thermal Off Temperature for Heating

Thermal On Temperature for Heating

Default(˚C)

2

2

0.5

0.5

1

0

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 151 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Dimensions

4. Dimensions

ARNU09GVEA1

ARNU12GVEA1

879

900

Air discharge grill

Signal receiver & Operation indicator

200

(Unit: mm)

More than 20Cm

Air suction grill

<Ceiling Installation>

More than 20Cm

<Floor Installation>

More than 20Cm

More than 5Cm

Ceiling

Anchor nut

Nut

Suspension bolts

Washer

40

820

Suspension bolt

235

50

100 piping hole

(Ø45)

Drain piping hole (Ø25)

More than 5Cm

70

Installation plate

Suspension bolts

Spring washer

Hangen

Max.

12mm

Nut

Washer

Ø70mm

Left rear piping

120 more than 200

Foor

More than 20Cm

70

Ø70mm

Right rear piping

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 152 -

LGE Internal Use Only

ARNU18GVJA1

ARNU24GVJA1

800

950

41

220

Dimensions

Anchor nut

Ceiling

Nut

Suspension bolts

Washer

A

B

Suspension bolt

More than

70cm

More than

30cm

Suspension bolts

Spring washer

Hangen

Max.

12mm

Nut

Washer

MODEL

VJ

DIM.

A

855

B

320

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 153 -

More than

70cm

Air Discharge

Right Side

Cover

Air Filter

Inlet Grill

Signal Receptor

Left Side

Cover

Drain hose

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

5. Piping Diagrams

VE

Heat Exchanger

EEV

Filter

C.F.F.

Filter lndoor unit

VJ

: Thermistor

Heat Exchanger

EEV

Filter

Sirocco Fan

Filter lndoor unit

: Thermistor

Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter

MODEL

ARNU09GVEA1

ARNU12GVEA1

ARNU18GVJA1

ARNU24GVJA1

GAS

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø15.88(5/8)

:Cooling

:Heating

:Cooling

:Heating

[unit: mm(inch)]

LIQUID

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 154 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

6. Wiring Diagrams

VE

Accessory

VJ

Accessory

CONNECTOR

NUMBER

SPEC.

CN-MOTOR1 FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

CN-MOTOR2 FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

CN-PIPE/O DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

CN-PIPE PIPE SENSOR

CN-ROOM ROOM SENSOR

CN-REMO REMOTE CONTROLLER

CN-FLOAT FLOAT SWITCH INPUT

CN-EEV EEV OUTPUT

CN-D/PUMP DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT

CN-OPTION OPTION PWB.

CN-COM COMMUNICATION

CN-D/PUMP DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT

CN-POWER AC POWER SUPPLY

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

DESCRIPTION

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

PIPE THERMISTOR

ROOM THERMISTOR

REMOTE CONTROL LINE

FLOAT SWITCH SENSING

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP

COMMUNICATION BETWEEN MAIN AND OPTION

COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

- 155 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 156 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Floor Standing Type

1. Specifications ...........................................................................158

2. Functions ..................................................................................160

3. Operation Details......................................................................161

4. Dimensions ...............................................................................164

5. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................165

6. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................166

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 157 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Casing

Type

Model

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h mm inch

Coil

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type

Motor Output x Number

Running Current m

W

A

2

Fan Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Net Weight

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable mm mm

2

2

Floor Standing

ARNU07GCEA1 ARNU09GCEA1 ARNU12GCEA1 ARNU07GCEU1 ARNU09GCEU1 ARNU12GCEU1

2,200 2,800 3,600 2,200 2,800 3,600

1,900 2,400 3,100 1,900 2,400 3,100

7,500

2,500

2,200

8,500

9,600

3,200

2,800

10,900

12,300

4,000

3,400

13,600

7,500

2,500

2,200

8,500

9,600

3,200

2,800

10,900

12,300

4,000

3,400

13,600

Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized Galvanized

Steel Plate Steel Plate Steel Plate Steel Plate Steel Plate Steel Plate

1067x203x635 1067x203x635 1067x203x635 978x190x625 978x190x625 978x190x625

42.2x8.0x25.0 42.2x8.0x25.0 42.2x8.0x25.0

38.5x7.5x24.6 38.5x7.5x24.6 38.5x7.5x24.6

2x12x19 2x12x19 2x12x19 2x12x19 2x12x19 2x12x19

0.16

0.16

0.16

0.16

0.16

0.16

Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan Sirocco Fan

30 30 30 30 30 30

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.1

8.5/7.5/6.5 9.5/8.5/7.5 10.5/9.5/8.5 8.5/7.5/6.5 9.5/8.5/7.5 10.5/9.5/8.5

300/265/229 335/300/265 371/335/300 300/265/229 335/300/265 371/335/300

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Microprocessor, Microprocessor, Microprocessor, Microprocessor, Microprocessor,

Thermostat for Thermostat for Thermostat for Thermostat for Thermostat for Thermostat for cooling and heating cooling and heating cooling and heating cooling and heating cooling and heating cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable) Net(Washable) Net(Washable) Net(Washable) Net(Washable) Net(Washable)

Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4) Ø6.35(1/4) Ø6.35(1/4) Ø6.35(1/4) Ø6.35(1/4) Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2) Ø12.7(1/2)

12

27(59.5)

12

27(59.5)

12

27(59.5)

12

19(41.9)

12

19(41.9)

12

19(41.9)

35/33/31 36/34/32 37/35/33 35/33/31 36/34/32 37/35/33

1, 220 ~ 240, 50 1, 220 ~ 240, 50 1, 220 ~ 240, 50 1, 220 ~ 240, 50 1, 220 ~ 240, 50 1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60 1, 220, 60 1, 220, 60 1, 220, 60 1, 220, 60 1, 220, 60

EEV EEV EEV EEV EEV EEV

CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

- 158 -

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

Cooling Capacity

Heating Capacity

Type

Model

Casing

Dimensions (W*D*H) Body mm inch

Coil

Rows x Columns x FPI

Face Area

Type

Motor Output x Number

Running Current m

W

A

2

Fan Air Flow Rate(H/M/L) cmm cfm

Drive

Motor type

Temperature Control

Unit

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h

Sound Absorbing Thermal Insulation Material

Air Filter

Safety Device

Liquid Side

Pipe Connections Gas Side

Drain Pipe(Internal Dia.)

Net Weight

Noise Level(Sound Press, 1m, H/M/L) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm kg(lbs) dBA±3

Power Supply Ø / V / Hz

Refrigerant Control

Power cable

Transmission cable mm mm

2

2

Floor Standing

ARNU18GCFA1 ARNU24GCFA1 ARNU18GCFA1 ARNU24GCFA1

5,600 7,100 5,600 7,100

4,800

19,100

6,300

5,400

21,500

6,100

24,200

8,000

6,900

27,300

4,800

19,100

6,300

5,400

21,500

6,100

24,200

8,000

6,900

27,300

Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate Galvanized Steel Plate

1345x203x635 1345x203x635 1256x190x625 1256x190x625

52.9x8.0x25.0

2x12x19

0.23

52.9x8.0x25.0

2x12x19

0.23

49.4x7.5x24.6

2x12x19

0.23

49.4x7.5x24.6

2x12x19

0.23

Sirocco Fan

80

0.25

16/14/12

565/494/424

Sirocco Fan

80

0.25

18/16/14

635/565/494

Sirocco Fan

80

0.25

16/14/12

565/494/424

Sirocco Fan

80

0.25

18/16/14

635/565/494

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Direct

BLDC

Microprocessor, Thermostat Microprocessor, Thermostat Microprocessor, Thermostat Microprocessor, Thermostat for cooling and heating for cooling and heating for cooling and heating for cooling and heating

Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene Foamed polystrene

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

12

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

12

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø12.7(1/2)

12

Net(Washable)

Fuse

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø15.88(5/8)

12

34(75.0)

40/37/34

34(75.0)

43/40/37

1, 220 ~ 240, 50 1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60 1, 220, 60

EEV EEV

27(59.5)

40/37/34

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

27(59.5)

43/40/37

1, 220 ~ 240, 50

1, 220, 60

EEV

CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C CV2.0 X 3C

CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C CVV-SB 1.25 X 2C

Notes:-

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling • Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

Heating • Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

• Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

• Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

• Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

5. To be added for more available Models

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 159 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Functions

Indoor Unit

Operation ON/OFF by Remote controller

Sensing the Room Temperature

• Room temperature sensor. (Thermistor)

Room temperature control

• Maintains the room temperature in accordance with the Setting Temperature.

Starting Current Control

• Indoor fan is delayed for 5 seconds at the starting.

Indoor Fan Speed Control

• High, Med, Low

Soft Dry Operation Mode

• Intermittent operation of fan at low speed.

Auto Restart

• Although the air-conditioner is turned off by a power failure, it is restarted automatically previous operation mode after power supply.

Deice (defrost) control (Heating)

Hot-start Control (Heating)

• Both the indoor and outdoor fan stops during defrosting.

• Hot start after defrost ends.

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the evaporator piping temperature reaches 25°C.

High head height Drain pump

• A standard drain-head height of up to 700mm is possible.

Central Control(Optional)

• It is operating individually or totally by central control function.

Auto Change Over

• It is operating cooling and heating mode automatically according to setting temperature.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 160 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

3. Operation Details

The functions of main control

Soft-Dry Operation

• The indoor fan speed is automatically set to the low, so the shift of the indoor fan speed is impossible because of already being set to the best speed for Dry Operation by microcontroller control.

Cooling Mode Operation

• When selecting the Cooling( ) Mode Operation, the unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is as following.

Intake Air Temperature

SET TEMPERATURE +0.5°C

(Thermo. ON)

SET TEMPERATURE -0.5°C

(Thermo. OFF)

Thermal fan speed

ON

More than

3 minutes

OFF

More than

3 minutes fan speed

ON OFF

Selecting fan speed

ON

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 161 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Heating Mode Operation

The unit will operate according to the setting by the remote controller and the operation diagram is shown as following.

Indoor unit

Heat-Exchanger temperature

40

°

C

T

ST

T

LT

T

Off

T

On

A

Intake Air Temperature

Setting Temperature

+3

°

C

(Thermal OFF)

Setting Temperature

(Thermal ON)

3min

B Low fan during 10sec

1min

Minimum

3min

1min

Thermal

Outdoor fan

Indoor fan

4way valve

Off Low Low

ON

ON

Setting fan spped

Low

Setting fan spped

ON

Low

OFF

OFF

Off

C

Off

ON

ON

Low

Setting fan spped

• Compressor-off interval

A

°

C, fan operates

at low speed, when it becomes lower than 40

°

C fan stops.

Chassis

Hotstart On

Hotstart Off

T

On

T

Off

Low temperature T

LT

Setting Temperature T

ST

High Static Low Static

BH BG BR B1 B2 CE CF

19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C 19°C

22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C 22°C

25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C

27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C 27°C

Convertible

VE

26°C

27°C

28°C

30°C

VJ

26°C

27°C

28°C

30°C

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 162 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Operation Details

Hot-Start Control

• The indoor fan does not rotate until the indoor unit Hex-Exchanger temperature reaches 30°C.

• The operation diagram is as following.

Indoor unit

Heat-Exchanger temperature

Hotstart Off

Hotstart On

1 min 1 min

Thermal

Outdoor fan

Indoor fan

4way Valve

Off Low

ON

ON

Setting fan speed

ON

• Initial Hotstart On state

Power Off

On

Operation Off

On

Cooling operation

Heating operation

Defrost operation

Off Low

Setting fan speed

Auto Change Over

• In response to user wanted room temperature, cooling and heating mode of indoor units are switched automatically.

• The Operation diagram is as following.

Room

Temperature

+F

°

C

+

°

C

+X

°

C

Setting Temperature

ß

-Y

°

C

-1

°

C

-G

°

C

Thermal

O X O X X O X O X O X

Indoor fan

Cycle Cooling Operation

• Operation mode switching condition/ Definition

Switching condition

Tai

Ts - G(2)˚C

Tai

Ts + F(2)˚C

Operation mode switching

Cooling Heating

Heating Cooling

* Tai : Indoor Temperature

* Ts : Setting Temperature

Setting fan speed

Low

Setting fan speed

Low Off

Setting fan speed

H/Start

Setting fan speed

Heating operation

F

G

H/Start

Setting fan speed

Low

Cooling

Definition

Cooling switching temperature

Heating switching temperature

X Thermal Off Temperature for Cooling

Y Thermal On Temperature for Cooling

Thermal Off Temperature for Heating

Thermal On Temperature for Heating

Default(˚C)

2

2

0.5

0.5

1

0

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 163 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Dimensions

4. Dimensions

ARNU07GCEA1

ARNU09GCEA1

ARNU12GCEA1

ARNU18GCFA1

ARNU24GCFA1

A

210.3

B

ARNU07GCFU1

ARNU09GCFU1

ARNU12GCFU1

ARNU18GCFU1

ARNU24GCFU1

D

Model

ARNU07GCEA1

ARNU09GCEA1

ARNU12GCEA1

ARNU18GCFA1

ARNU24GCFA1

A B C Model

1,067 203 635 ARNU07GCEU1

1,067 203 635 ARNU09GCEU1

1,067 203 635 ARNU12GCEU1

1,345 203 635 ARNU18GCFU1

1,345 203 635 ARNU24GCFU1

D

978

978

978

1,256

1,256

E

190

190

190

190

190

F

639

639

639

639

639

Air Outlet

Air Filter

Air Inlet

With Case

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 164 -

Without Case

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

5. Piping Diagrams

Heat Exchanger

EEV

Filter

Sirocco Fan

Filter lndoor unit

:Cooling

:Heating

: Thermistor

Refrigerant pipe connection port diameter

MODEL

ARNU07GCE*1

ARNU09GCE*1

ARNU12GCE*1

ARNU18GCF*1

ARNU24GCF*1

GAS

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø15.88(5/8)

[unit: mm(inch)]

LIQUID

Ø6.35(1/4)

Ø9.52(3/8)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 165 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

6. Wiring Diagrams

Accessory

CONNECTOR

NUMBER

CN-POWER

CN-MOTOR

CN-D/PUMP

CN-COMM

CN-EEV

CN-FLOAT

CN-PIPE

CN-PIPE/O

CN-ROOM

CN-REMO

LOCATION POINT

AC POWER SUPPLY

FAN MOTOR OUTPUT

DRAIN PUMP OUTPUT

COMMUNICATION

EEV OUTPUT

FLOAT SWITCH INPUT

PIPE SENSOR

DISCHARGE PIPE SENSOR

ROOM SENSOR

REMOTE CONTROLLER

FUNCTION

AC POWER LINE INPUT FOR INDOOR CONTROLLER

MOTOR OUTPUT OF BLDC

AC OUTPUT FOR DRAIN PUMP

COMMUNICATION BETWEEN INDOOR AND OUTDOOR

EEV CONTROL OUTPUT

FLOAT SWITCH SENSING

PIPE THERMISTOR

DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

ROOM THERMISTOR

REMOTE CONTROL LINE

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 166 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Part 3

Outdoor Units

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 167 -

LGE Internal Use Only

ARUB Series

1. Specifications ...........................................................................169

2. Parts Function/Layout Drawing...............................................174

3. Dimensions ...............................................................................178

4. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................181

5. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................186

6. Functions ..................................................................................190

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 168 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

Heat Recovery

HP

Model Name Combination Unit

Independent Unit

8

ARUB808T1

ARUB808T1

10

ARUB1008T1

ARUB1008T1

12

ARUB1208T1

ARUB1208T1

14

ARUB1408T1

ARUB1408T1

Capacity Cooling

Input

Casing Color

Heat Exchanger

Compressor

Fan

Net Weight

Heating

Cooling

Heating

Type

Maker

Piston Displacement

Number of Revolution

Motor Output x Number

Starting Method

Oil Type

Oil Charge

Type

Motor Output x Number

Air Flow Rate(High)

Drive

Discharge

Pipe Connctions Liquid Pipes

Low Pressure Gas pipes

High Pressure Gas Pipes

Dimensions (W*H*D)

Power Supply Cable

Transmission Cable

Refrigerant Charge

Type

Control

Power Supply

Side / Top mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm inch kg lbs mm 2 mm

2

Kg(Oz)

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h kW kW cm

2

/rev r.p.m

W

L

W cmm cfm

Ø / V / Hz

22,400 28,000 33,600 39,200

19,300 24,100 28,900 33,700

25,200 31,500 37,800 44,100

21,700 27,100 32,500 37,900

86,000 107,500 129,000 150,500

6.8

6.4

WARM GRAY

8.5

8.1

WARM GRAY

10.6

9.7

WARM GRAY

12.8

11.5

WARM GRAY

Corrugated Fin

Scroll

LG

55.42+82.86

3477, 2900

(4285+5500)x1

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin

Scroll Scroll Scroll

LG

55.42+82.86

3477, 2900

(4285+5500)x1

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

LG

55.42+82.86

3477, 2900

(4285+5500)x1

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

LG

55.42+82.86

3477, 2900

(4285+5500)x1

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2

190

3177x2

Inverter

5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2

190

3177x2

Inverter

5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2

190

3177x2

Inverter

5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2

190

3177x2

Inverter

Top

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø19.05(6/8)

Top

Ø9.52(3/8)

Ø22.2(7/8)

Top

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø28.58(1 1/8)

Top

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø28.58(1 1/8)

Ø15.88(5/8) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø19.05(3/4) Ø22.2(7/8)

1280*1607*730 1280*1607*730 1280*1607*730 1280*1607*730

50.4*63.3*28.7

50.4*63.3*28.7

50.4*63.3*28.7

50.4*63.3*28.7

300

661.4

CV 8X5C

300

661.4

CV 8X5C

300

661.4

CV 8X5C

300

661.4

CV 8X5C

CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C

8(282.2) 8(282.2) 8(282.2) 8(282.2)

R410a

EEV

R410a

EEV

R410a

EEV

R410a

EEV

3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50

Notes:

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling * Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

* Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

* Level Difference of Zero

Heating * Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

* Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

* Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 169 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

Model Name

HP

Capacity Cooling

Heating

Input Cooling

Heating

Casing Color

Heat Exchanger

Compressor

Fan

Type

Maker

Piston Displacement

Number of Revolution

Motor Output x Number

Starting Method

Oil Type

Oil Charge

Type

Motor Output x Number

Air Flow Rate(High)

Drive

Discharge

Pipe Connctions Liquid Pipes

Low Pressure Gas pipes

High Pressure Gas Pipes

Dimensions (W*H*D)

Net Weight

Power Supply Cable

Transmission Cable

Refrigerant Charge

Type

Control

Power Supply

Combination Unit

Independent Unit

16

ARUB1608T1

ARUB808T1

ARUS808T1

18

ARUB1808T1

ARUB1208T1

ARUS808T1

20

ARUB2008T1

ARUB1008T1

ARUS1008T1

22

ARUB2208T1

ARUB1208T1

ARUS1008T1

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h kW kW cm 2 r.p.m

W

L

/rev

W cmm cfm

Side / Top mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm inch kg lbs mm 2 mm 2

Kg(Oz)

Ø / V / Hz

44,800 50,400 56,000 61,600

38,500 43,300 48,200 53,000

152,900 172,000 191,100 210,200

50,400 56,700 63,000 69,300

43,300 48,800 54,200 59,600

172,000 193,500 225,000 236,500

13.6

12.8

WARM GRAY

15.3

14.5

WARM GRAY

17

16.2

WARM GRAY

19.1

17.8

WARM GRAY

Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin

Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll

LG LG LG LG

(55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86) (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86) (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86) (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)

(3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900) (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900) (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900) (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)

(4285+5500)+(5500+5500) (4285+5500)+(5500+5500) (4285+5500)+(5500+5500) (4285+5500)+(5500+5500)

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6 + 5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2+271x2

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6 + 5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2+271x2

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6 + 5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2+271x2

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6 + 5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2+271x2

380

3177x4

380

3177x4

380

3177x4

380

3177x4

Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run

Top

Ø12.7(1/2)

Ø28.58(1 1/8)

Top

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø28.58(1 1/8)

Top

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø28.58(1 1/8)

Top

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø34.9(1 3/8)

Ø22.2(7/8) Ø22.2(7/8) Ø22.2(7/8) Ø28.58(1 1/8)

(1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x2

(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2

300x2

661.4x2

CV 14X5C

300x2

661.4x2

CV 14X5C

300x2

661.4x2

CV 14X5C

300x2

661.4x2

CV 14X5C

CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C

16(564.4) 16(564.4) 16(564.4) 16(564.4)

R410a R410a R410a R410a

EEV EEV EEV EEV

3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50

Notes:

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling * Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

* Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

* Level Difference of Zero

Heating * Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

* Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

* Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 170 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

Model Name

Capacity Cooling

Input

Net Weight

Power Supply Cable

Transmission Cable

Refrigerant Charge

Type

Control

Power Supply

HP

Heating

Cooling

Heating

Casing Color

Heat Exchanger

Compressor

Fan

Type

Maker

Piston Displacement

Number of Revolution

Motor Output x Number

Starting Method

Oil Type

Oil Charge

Type

Motor Output x Number

Air Flow Rate(High)

Drive

Discharge

Pipe Connctions Liquid Pipes

Low Pressure Gas pipes

High Pressure Gas Pipes

Dimensions (W*H*D)

Combination Unit

Independent Unit cm 2

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h kW kW

L

/rev r.p.m

W

W cmm cfm

Side / Top mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm inch kg lbs mm mm

2

2

Kg(Oz)

Ø / V / Hz

24

ARUB2408T1

26

ARUB2608T1

ARUB1008T1

28

ARUB2808T1

ARUB1008T1

30

ARUB3008T1

ARUB1008T1 ARUB1208T1

ARUS1208T1 ARUS808T1

ARUS808T1

ARUS1008T1

ARUS808T1

ARUS1008T1

ARUS1008T1

67,200 72,800 78,400 84,000

57,800 62,600 67,400 72,200

229,300 248,400 267,500 286,600

75,600 81,900 88,200 94,500

65,000 70,400 75,900 81,300

258,000 279,500 301,000 322,500

21.2

19.4

WARM GRAY

22.1

20.9

WARM GRAY

23.8

22.6

WARM GRAY

25.5

24.3

WARM GRAY

Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin

Scroll Scroll Scroll Scroll

LG LG LG LG

(55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86) (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2 (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2 (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2

(3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900) (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2 (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2 (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2

(4285+5500)+(5500+5500) (4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2 (4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2 (4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6+ 5.6

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6+ 5.6+5.6

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6+ 5.6+5.6

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6+ 5.6+5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2+271x2

380

Propeller Fan

291x2+271x4

570

Propeller Fan

291x2+271x4

570

Propeller Fan

291x2+271x4

570

3177x4 3177x6 3177x6 3177x6

Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run

Top

Ø15.88(5/8)

Ø34.9(1 3/8)

Top

Ø19.05(6/8)

Ø34.9(1 3/8)

Top

Ø19.05(6/8)

Ø34.9(1 3/8)

Top

Ø19.05(6/8)

Ø34.9(1 3/8)

Ø28.58(1 1/8) Ø28.58(1 1/8) Ø28.58(1 1/8) Ø28.58(1 1/8)

(1280 * 1607 * 730)x2 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3

(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x2 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3 (50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3

300x2

661.4x2

CV 14X5C

300x3

661.4x3

CV 38X5C

300x3

661.4x3

CV 38X5C

300x3

661.4x3

CV 38X5C

CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C CVV-SB 1.25X2C

16(564.4) 24(846.6) 24(846.6) 24(846.6)

R410a R410a R410a R410a

EEV EEV EEV EEV

3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50 3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50

Notes:

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling * Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

* Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

* Level Difference of Zero

Heating * Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

* Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

* Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 171 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

Model Name

HP

Capacity Cooling

Heating

Input Cooling

Heating

Casing Color

Heat Exchanger

Compressor

Fan

Type

Maker

Piston Displacement

Number of Revolution

Motor Output x Number

Starting Method

Oil Type

Oil Charge

Type

Motor Output x Number

Air Flow Rate(High)

Drive

Discharge

Pipe Connctions Liquid Pipes

Low Pressure Gas pipes

High Pressure Gas Pipes

Dimensions (W*H*D)

Net Weight

Power Supply Cable

Transmission Cable

Refrigerant Charge

Type

Control

Power Supply

Combination Unit

Independent Unit kcal/h

Btu/h kcal/h

Btu/h cm

W

W kW kW

2 r.p.m

W

L

/rev

W cmm cfm

Side / Top mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm inch kg lbs mm

2 mm 2

Kg(Oz)

Ø / V / Hz

32

ARUB3208T1

ARUB1208T1

ARUS1008T1

34

ARUB3408T1

ARUB1208T1

ARUS1208T1

36

ARUB3608T1

ARUB1208T1

ARUS1208T1

ARUS1008T1 ARUS1008T1 ARUS1208T1

89,600 95,200 100,800

77,100 81,900 86,700

305,700 324,800 343,900

100,800 107,100 113,400

86,700 92,100 97,500

343,900 365,400 386,900

27.6

29.7

31.8

25.9

27.5

29.1

WARM GRAY

Corrugated Fin

Scroll

WARM GRAY

Corrugated Fin

Scroll

WARM GRAY

Corrugated Fin

Scroll

LG LG LG

(55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2 (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2 (55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2

(3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2 (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2 (3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2

(4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2 (4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2 (4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2

Direct on Line Direct on Line Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6 + 5.6 + 5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2+271x4

570

3177x6

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6 + 5.6 + 5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2+271x4

570

3177x6

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6 + 5.6 + 5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2+271x4

570

3177x6

Inverter+Capacity Run Inverter+Capacity Run

Top Top

Ø19.05(6/8) Ø19.05(6/8)

Ø34.9(1 3/8)

Ø28.58(1 1/8)

Ø34.9(1 3/8)

Ø28.58(1 1/8)

(1280 * 1607 * 730)x3 (1280 * 1607 * 730)x3

(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3

300x3

661.4x3

CV 38X5C

CVV-SB 1.25X2C

24(846.6)

R410a

EEV

3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50

(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3

300x3

661.4x3

CV 38X5C

CVV-SB 1.25X2C

24(846.6)

R410a

EEV

3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50

Inverter+Capacity Run

Top

Ø19.05(6/8)

Ø41.3(1 5/8)

Ø28.58(1 1/8)

(1280 * 1607 * 730)x3

(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3

300x3

661.4x3

CV 38X5C

CVV-SB 1.25X2C

24(846.6)

R410a

EEV

3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50

Notes:

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling * Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

* Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

* Level Difference of Zero

Heating * Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

* Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

* Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 172 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

Model Name

Net Weight

Power Supply Cable

Transmission Cable

Refrigerant Charge

Type

Control

Power Supply

HP

Capacity Cooling

Heating

Input Cooling

Heating

Casing Color

Heat Exchanger

Compressor

Fan

Type

Maker

Piston Displacement

Number of Revolution

Motor Output x Number

Starting Method

Oil Type

Oil Charge

Type

Motor Output x Number

Air Flow Rate(High)

Drive

Discharge

Pipe Connctions Liquid Pipes

Low Pressure Gas pipes

High Pressure Gas Pipes

Dimensions (W*H*D)

Combination Unit

Independent Unit cm 2

W kcal/h

Btu/h

W kcal/h

Btu/h kW kW

L

/rev r.p.m

W

W cmm cfm

Side / Top mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm inch kg lbs mm mm

2

2

Kg(Oz)

Ø / V / Hz

38

ARUB3808T1

ARUB1408T1

40

ARUB4008T1

ARUB1408T1

ARUS1208T1

ARUS1208T1

ARUS1408T1

ARUS1208T1

106,400 112,000

91,500 96,300

363,100 382,200

119,700 126,000

102,900 108,400

408,400 429,900

34

30.9

WARM GRAY

36.2

32.7

WARM GRAY

Corrugated Fin

Scroll

LG

(55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2

(3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2

(4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6+ 5.6+5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2+271x4

570

Corrugated Fin

Scroll

LG

(55.42+82.86)+(82.86+82.86)x2

(3477, 2900)+(2900, 2900)x2

(4285+5500)+(5500+5500)x2

Direct on Line

FVC68D(PVE)

5.6+ 5.6+5.6

Propeller Fan

291x2+271x4

570

3177x6

Inverter+Capacity Run

Top

Ø19.05(6/8)

Ø41.3(1 5/8)

Ø34.9(1 3/8)

(1280 * 1607 * 730)x3

(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3

300x3

661.4x3

CV 38X5C

CVV-SB 1.25X2C

24(846.6)

R410a

EEV

3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50

3177x6

Inverter+Capacity Run

Top

Ø19.05(6/8)

Ø41.3(1 5/8)

Ø34.9(1 3/8)

(1280 * 1607 * 730)x3

(50.4 * 63.3 * 28.7)x3

300x3

661.4x3

CV 38X5C

CVV-SB 1.25X2C

24(846.6)

R410a

EEV

3 / 380 ~ 415 / 50

Notes:

1. Capacities are based on the following conditions:

Cooling * Indoor temp. 27°C[80.6°F]DB/ 19°C[66.2°F]WB

* Outdoor temp. 35°C[95°F]DB/ 24°C[75.2°F]WB

* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

* Level Difference of Zero

Heating * Indoor temp. 20°C[68°F]DB/ 15°C[59°F]WB

* Outdoor temp. 7°C[44.6°F]DB/ 6°C[42.8°F]WB

* Interconnecting Piping Length 7.5m

* Level Difference of Zero

2. Capacities are net capacities

3. Due to our policy of innovation some specifications may be changed without notification

4. EEV : Electronic Expansion Valve

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 173 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Parts Function/Layout Drawing

2. Parts Function/Layout Drawing

8HP/10HP/12HP/14HP Parts Function

Parts Name

Inverter compressor

Constant velocity compressor

Inverter fan motor

Outdoor EEV

Sub-cooling Lev

Liquid injection

Valve(Inv.)

Liquid injection

Valve(Con.)

Hot gas bypass valve

Square Junction valve

Outdoor check valve

Discharge check valve

Inverter high pressure S/W

Constant velocity high pressure S/W

High pressure sensor

Low pressure sensor

Heat exchanger temperature sensor

Inverter discharger temperature sensor

Constant velocity discharger temperature sensor

Air temperature sensor

Suction temperature sensor

Liquid tube temperature sensor

Excessive cold outlet temperature sensor

Excessive cold inlet temperature sensor

Check solenoid Valve

4 WAY

OCHK

DCHK

HSINV

HSCON

HPS

LPS

THEX

TINV

TCON

TAIR

TSUC

TLIQ

TSOUT

TSIN

CSOL

Symbol

INV.

CON.

IMT

OEEV

SEEV

LINV

LCON

HGV

Major Function

Operated up to 30Hz~100Hz by inverter operation. Pressurize high temperature, low pressure refrigerant to high temperature, high pressure.

Operated cold/heat load with assembly with inverter compressor.

Adjust outdoor wind quantity while varying the outdoor fan by 0~60Hz.

Adjust flow quantity depending on overheat level of refrigerant in the outdoor side in heat status.

Adjust flow quantity depending on overheat level of the outlet of the excessive cold heat exchanger in cold status.

Prevent overheat of the compressor by supplying liquid refrigerant after opening the valve when discharge temperature of the compressor rises.

Stabilize the system by high pressure gas to the low pressure part after opening when bypass and low pressure of refrigerant rapidly the valve

Cut-off the outdoor heat exchanger with the evaporator or condenser depending on operation of the indoor unit.

Used to obtain flow quantity of refrigerant in cold condition.

Prevent reverse flow of high pressure refrigerant into the compressor.

Mechanically stop the compressor where the compressor rises to the high pressure limit valve due to abnormal operation.

Measure high pressure of the system.

Measure low pressure of the system.

.

Used for control by measuring temperature of the outdoor heat exchanger.

Used for protecting and controlling the compressor by measuring discharge temperature.

Measure outdoor temperature.

Used for controlling excessive heat level by measuring refrigerant temperature of the suction pipe.

Used for controlling excessive cold level by measuring refrigerant temperature of the liquid pipe.

Used for controlling excessive heat level by measuring outlet temperature of the excessive cold circuit.

Used for controlling excessive heat level by measuring outlet temperature of the excessive cold circuit.

Used for controlling flow quantity

Of refrigerant in simultaneous operation mode

(Cooling oriented operation)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 174 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Parts Function/Layout Drawing

8HP/10HP/12HP/14HP Parts Layout Drawing (sensor, etc)

Inverter

Motor

(OMT)

Heat Exchanger

Temperature Sensor

(THEX)

Inverter

Compressor

Discharge

Temperature

Sensor(TINV)

Hot Gas

Bypass valve(HGV)

High Pressure

Sensor(HPS)

Low Pressure

Sensor(LPS)

Discharge Check

Valve(DCHK)

Outdoor air thermistor(TAIR)

Thermistor

(Constant speed compressor discharge pipe)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 175 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Parts Function/Layout Drawing

8HP/10HP/12HP/14HP Parts Layout Drawing (sensor, etc)

Constant High

Pressure

Switch(HSCON)

Liquid Injection

Valve (LCON)

Constant Velocity

Compressor(CON)

Square Junction

Valve

(4WAY)

Liquid Injection

Valve

(LINV)

Inverter High

Pressure

Switch(HSINV)

Check

Solenoid

Valve(CSOL)

Inverter

Compressor

(INV)

Outdoor

EEV

(OEEV)

Liquid Tube

Temperature

Sensor(TLIQ)

Excessive Cold

Outlet

Temperature

Sensor(TSOUT)

Excessive Cold Inlet

Temperature

Sensor(TSIN)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 176 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Parts Function/Layout Drawing

8HP/10HP/12HP/14HP Parts Layout Drawing (Tool Part)

Inverter

Motor

Shroud

Outdoor

Fan

Motor

Mount

Accumula tor

Oil

Separator

Excessive

Cold

Heat

Exchanger

Base Pan

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

Strainer

- 177 -

High

Pressure

Gas Tube

Service Valve

Service

Valve

Mount

Liquid

Tube

Service

Valve

Low Pressure

Gas Tube

Service Valve

LGE Internal Use Only

Dimensions

3.

Dimensions

1 Outdoor Unit (8, 10, 12, 14HP)

L4

W

L7

L5

L6

L7

L2

L3

L4

W

H

D

L1

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch)

- 178 -

1280(50.4)

1607(63.3)

730(28.7)

1427(56.1)

692(27.2)

670(26.3)

900(35.4)

704(27.7)

99(3.9)

82(3.2)

D

LGE Internal Use Only

2 Outdoor Units (16, 18, 20, 22, 24HP)

L4

L5

Dimensions

W

L8

L3

L4

L5

L6

L7

L8

W

H

D

L1

L2 mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch)

Notes:

1. Height of walls in case of pattern1:

Front side:1500mm, Suction side:500mm

2. If the above wall heights are exceeded, then h1/2 and h2/2 should be added to the front and suction side service spaces respectively as shown in the following figure.

3. When installing the units, the most appropriate pattern should be selected from those shown.

In order to obtain the best fit in the space available, always bear in mind the need to leave enough room for a person to pass between units and wall and for the air to circulate freely. Your layout should be taken account the possibility of short circuits.

4. The Units should be installed to leave sufficient space in front for the on site refrigerant piping work to be carried out comfortably.

D

1280(50.4)

1607(63.3)

730(28.7)

1427(56.1)

692(27.2)

670(26.3)

900(35.4)

10(0.4)

704(27.7)

99(3.9)

82(3.2)

250mm or more

250mm or more

900mm or more

Front side

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 179 -

250mm or more

LGE Internal Use Only

Dimensions

3 Outdoor Units (26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40HP)

L4

L5

W

L8

L3

L4

L5

L6

L7

L8

W

H

D

L1

L2 mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch) mm(inch)

Notes:

1. Height of walls in case of pattern1:

Front side:1500mm, Suction side:500mm

2. If the above wall heights are exceeded, then h1/2 and h2/2 should be added to the front and suction side service spaces respectively as shown in the following figure.

3. When installing the units, the most appropriate pattern should be selected from those shown.

In order to obtain the best fit in the space available, always bear in mind the need to leave enough room for a person to pass between units and wall and for the air to circulate freely. Your layout should be taken account the possibility of short circuits.

4. The Units should be installed to leave sufficient space in front for the on site refrigerant piping work to be carried out comfortably.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 180 -

1280(50.4)

1607(63.3)

730(28.7)

1427(56.1)

692(27.2)

670(26.3)

900(35.4)

10(0.4)

704(27.7)

99(3.9)

82(3.2)

250mm or more

250mm or more

900mm or more

Front side

D

250mm or more

LGE Internal Use Only

4. Piping Diagrams

4.1 Refrigerant Flow for Each Operation Mode

4.1.1 Cooling Operation

Piping Diagrams

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 181 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

4.1.2 Heating Operation

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 182 -

LGE Internal Use Only

4.1.3 Oil Return/Defrost Operation

Piping Diagrams

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 183 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

4.2.1 Simultaneous Operation Mode 1 (Cooling Oriented operation)

Cooling

"ON"

Indoor unit

Heat Exch.

EEV

Fan

Filter

: Low temp./Low pressure gas

: High temp./High pressure liquid

: High temp./High pressure gas s s s

HR unit

Indoor unit

Heat Exch.

EEV

Cooling

"ON"

Fan

Filter s s s s

Cooling

"ON"

Indoor unit

Heat Exch.

EEV

Fan

Filter s s

Heating

"ON"

Indoor unit

Heat Exch.

EEV

Fan

Filter

SC Unit

O/S

INV

Comp

4 Way Valve

Liquid Injection

Accum

Hot Gas

By pass

High Pressure Gas Pipe

Low Pressure Gas Pipe

Liquid Pipe

O/S

Drier

CON

Comp

Outdoor unit

Pressure sensor

Pressure switch

Check valve

EEV

Sensor s

Solenoid

Service Valve

Strainer

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 184 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

4.2.2 Simultaneous Operation Mode 2 (Heating Oriented operation)

Heating

"ON"

Indoor unit

Heat Exch.

EEV

Fan

Filter

: Low temp./Low pressure gas

: High temp./High pressure liquid

: High temp./High pressure gas s s s

HR unit

Heating

"ON"

Indoor unit

Heat Exch.

EEV

Fan

Filter s s s s

Heating

"ON"

Indoor unit

Heat Exch.

EEV

Fan

Filter s s

Cooling

"ON"

Indoor unit

Heat Exch.

EEV

Fan

Filter

SC Unit

O/S

INV

Comp

4 Way Valve

Liquid Injection

Accum

Hot Gas

By pass

High Pressure Gas Pipe

Low Pressure Gas Pipe

Liquid Pipe

O/S

CON

Comp

Drier

Outdoor unit

Pressure sensor

Pressure switch

Check valve

EEV

Sensor s

Solenoid

Service Valve

Strainer

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 185 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

5. Wiring Diagrams

Main Outdoor Unit

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 186 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Sub Outdoor Unit

Wiring Diagrams

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 187 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

Inverter Board

CONNECTOR No.

CN1

CN2

CN3

CN4

CN5

CN6

CN10, 11, 12

CN13

SPEC

POWER

DC-LINK

WRITE

H/P, M

PHASE

SIGNAL

IPM

IPM

Main Board

CONNECTOR No.

CN01

CN02

CN03

CN04

CN05

CN06

CN07

CN08

CN10

CN11

CN12

CN13

CN14

CN15

CN16

CN17

CN18

CN19

CN20

CN21

CN22

CN23

CN25

CN26

CN27

CN28

CN29

JIG 1

JIG 2

CN36

CN24

CN34

SPEC

AC POWER IN

AC TRANS IN

AC TRANS OUT

4WAY

LIQ(I)

LIQ(C)

HEATER(I)

HEATER(C)

HOT-GAS

OILPASS(I)

OILPASS(C)

CHECK_SOL/ACC

MAGNET(C)

COOLING FAN

EEV-OUT

EEV-SC

TO-JIG

CEN-CONTROL/WRITE

TO FAN BOARD

TO INVERTER BOARD

TO INDOOR UNIT

TO SUB OUTDOOR

OUT-AIR

S_PIPE(I)

D_PIPE(C)

D_PIPE(I)

HEX_PIPE(C)

HEX_PIPE(I)

SC-OUT

SC-IN

SC-L

P-SEN(H)

P-SEN(L)

JIG

JIG

EEV-HOUT

DRY CONTACT

DRY CONTACT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

DESCRIPTION

AC POWER

DC LINK VOLTAGE DETECT

ON BOARD WRITING

HIGH PRESSURE MAGNETIC SWITCH

3 PHASE DETECT

TRANSMISSION WITH CONTROL BOARD

PWM SIGNAL

PWM CONTROL POWER

DESCRIPTION

AC POWER

AC POWER TO TRANS

AC POWER FROM TRANS

4WAY REVERSING VALVE

INVERTER COMP LIQUID INJECTION VALVE

CONSTANT COMP LIQUID INJECTION VALVE

INVERTER COMP CRANK HEATER

CONSTANT COMP CRANK HEATER

HOT GAS BYPASS VALVE

NO USE

NO USE

CHECK SOLENOID VALVE

MAGNETIC SWITCH

HEATSINK FAN

ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE(MAIN)

ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE(SUBCOOLING SIRCUIT)

TRANSMISSION WITH JIG

TRANSMISSION WITH CENTRAL CONTROLLER

TRANSMISSION WITH FAN BOARD

TRANSMISSION WITH INVERTER BOARD

TRANSMISSION WITH INDOOR UNIT

TRANSMISSION WITH SUB OUTDOOR UNIT

OUTDOOR AIR THERMISTOR

INVERTER COMP SUCTION PIPE THERMISTOR

CONSTANT COMP DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

INVERTER COMP DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

CONDENSOR PIPE THERMISTOR(C)

CONDENSOR PIPE THERMISTOR(I)

SUBCOOLING CIRCUIT OUTLET PIPE THERMISTOR

SUBCOOLING CIRCUIT INLET PIPE THERMISTOR

SUBCOOLING CIRCUIT LIQUID PIPE THERMISTOR

HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR

LOW PRESSURE SENSOR

JIG POWER

JIG POWER

ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE(MAIN)

OPERATING MODE LOCKING(COOL, HOT ,GENERAL)

OPERATING MODE LOCKING(COOL, HOT ,GENERAL)

- 188 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Wiring Diagrams

Sub Board

CONNECTOR No.

CN01

CN02

CN03

CN04

CN05

CN06

CN07

CN08

CN10

CN11

CN12

CN14

CN15

CN16

CN17

CN18

CN19

CN20

CN21

CN22

CN23

CN24

CN26

CN27

CN28

CN29

CN30

JIG1

JIG2

SPEC

AC POWER IN

AC TRANS IN

AC TRANS OUT

4WAY

LIQ(A)

LIQ(B)

HEATER(A)

HEATER(B)

HOT-GAS

OILPASS(A)

OILPASS(B)

MAGNET(A)

MAGNET(B)

H/P

PHASE

FAN(R)

FAN(L)

EEV-OUT

EEV-SC

TO JIG

CEN_CONTROL/WRITE

TO MAIN OUTDOOR

OUT-AIR

S_PIPE(A)

D_PIPE(B)

D_PIPE(A)

HEX_PIPE(A)

HEX_PIPE(B)

SC-OUT

SC-IN

SC-L

P-SEN(H)

P-SEN(L)

JIG

JIG

DESCRIPTION

AC POWER

AC POWER TO TRANS

AC POWER FROM TRANS

4WAY REVERSING VALVE

CONSTANT(A) COMP LIQUID INJECTION VALVE

CONSTANT(B) COMP LIQUID INJECTION VALVE

CONSTANT(A) COMP CRANK HEATER

CONSTANT(B) COMP CRANK HEATER

HOT GAS BYPASS VALVE

NO USE

NO USE

CONSTANT(A) COMP MAGNETIC SWITCH

CONSTANT(B) COMP MAGNETIC SWITCH

HIGH PRESSURE

3 PHASE DETECT

FAN MOTOR(RIGHT)

FAN MOTOR(LEFT)

ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE(MAIN)

ELECTRONIC EXPANSION VALVE(SUBCOOLING SIRCUIT)

TRANSMISSION WITH JIG

NO USE

TRANSMISSION WITH MAIN OUTDOOR UNIT

OUTDOOR AIR THERMISTOR

CONSTANT(A) COMP SUCTION PIPE THERMISTOR

CONSTANT(B) COMP DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

CONSTANT(A) COMP DISCHARGE PIPE THERMISTOR

CONDENSOR PIPE THERMISTOR(A)

CONDENSOR PIPE THERMISTOR(B)

SUBCOOLING CIRCUIT OUTLET PIPE THERMISTOR

SUBCOOLING CIRCUIT INLET PIPE THERMISTOR

SUBCOOLING CIRCUIT LIQUID PIPE THERMISTOR

HIGH PRESSURE SENSOR

LOW PRESSURE SENSOR

JIG POWER

JIG POWER

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 189 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

6. Functions

1. Basic control .................................................................................................................191

1.1 Normal operation .....................................................................................................191

1.2 Compressor control..................................................................................................191

1.3 Main and sub unit's EEV control ..............................................................................192

1.4 Fan control ...............................................................................................................193

1.5 Fan mode .................................................................................................................193

2. Special control ..............................................................................................................194

2.1 Oil return control ......................................................................................................194

2.2 Defrost control..........................................................................................................197

2.3 Oil equalizing control................................................................................................198

2.4 Stopping operation ...................................................................................................201

3. Protection control .........................................................................................................203

3.1 Pressure protection control ......................................................................................203

3.2 Discharge temperature control.................................................................................205

3.3 Inverter protection control ........................................................................................205

3.4 Liquid back control ...................................................................................................206

3.5 Phase detection .......................................................................................................207

3.6 Pressure switch........................................................................................................207

4. Other control .................................................................................................................208

4.1 Initial setup ...............................................................................................................208

4.2 Instant indoor unit checking mode ...........................................................................211

4.3 Emergency operation ...............................................................................................212

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 190 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

1. Basic control

1.1 Normal operation

Actuator

Compressor

Fan

Cooling only & cooling based heating

Fuzzy control

Fuzzy control

Heating only & heating based cooling

Fuzzy control

Fuzzy control

Main EEV Full open Fuzzy control

4 way valve

Subcooling

EEV

Off

Fuzzy control

On

Fuzzy control

Stop state stop stop

After 15min, min. pulse

After 15min, Off

After 15min, min. pulse

1.2 Compressor control

Fuzzy control : Maintain evaporating temperature(Te) to be constant on cooling mode and condensing temperature(Tc) on heating mode by Fuzzy control to ensure the stable system performance.

(Tc:47 ~51°C, Te:2 ~ 5°C)

(1) Cooling mode

Te can be set by initial dip switch setting. (Normal mode, capacity up mode, and energy save mode)

(2) Heating mode

Tc can be set by initial dip switch setting. (Normal mode, capacity up mode, and energy save mode)

Note:

By setting dip switch, Te and Tc are decided simultaneously.

(1) The sequence of compressor operation for 3 unit system

INV C1 C2 C3 C4 C5

Main

1) Stage increasing situation

Inv

C3

C5

C2

C4

C1(full)

Inv

C5

C2

C4

C3

C1(full)

Inv

C2

C4

C3

C5

C1(full)

Inv

C4

C3

C5

C2

C1(full)

SUB1 SUB2

2) Stage decreasing situation

Full

C1

C3

C5

C2

C4

Inv

Full

C1

C5

C2

C4

C3

Inv

Full

C1

C2

C4

C3

C5

Inv

Full

C1

C4

C3

C5

C2

Inv

*Stage means how many constant compressors operate

Example)

Stage 2: 2 constant compressors operate

Stage 1: 1 constant compressor operate

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 191 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

INV C1

Main

1) Stage increasing situation

Inv

C2

C1

C3(full)

Inv

C3

C1

C2(full)

2) Stage decreasing situation

Full

C2

C1

C3

Full

C3

C1

C2

C2

SUB1

C3

1.3 Main and sub unit's EEV control

(1) Main EEV control

Main EEV operates with fuzzy control rules to keep the degree of super Heat(Superheat) (about 3°C)at the evaporator outlet stable during heating mode

The degree of Superheat = Tsuction - Tevaporation

Tsuction : temperature at suction pipe sensor(°C)

Tevaporation : evaporation temperature equivalent to low pressure(°C)

(2) Sub EEV control

Sub EEV operates according to the opening of main EEV, otherwise the opening range is limited by the open degree of the main EEV

- Limited conditions : liquid back control, discharge temperature control etc.

(3) Subcooling EEV control(about 15°C)

Subcooling EEV works with fuzzy rules to keep the degree of Subcool at the outlet of subcooler during cooling mode

The degree of Subcool = Tcondensation - Tliquid

Tliquid : temperature at outlet of subcooler(°C)

Tcondensation : condensation temperature equivalent to high pressure(°C)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 192 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

1.4 Fan control

The fan motors of the main unit are operated by the inverter drive with fuzzy control rules. Those of the sub units are all step motors. The operating status of the fan motors is shown below for each step.

1.5 Fan mode

Fan Step

0

1

2

3

4

5

Left fan

Stop

Low

High

Low

High

High

Sub unit

Right fan

Stop

Stop

Stop

Low

Low

High

Main unit

Fan frequency

<5 Hz

5 Hz

f <

10 Hz

f < 20Hz

20 Hz

f < 30Hz

30 Hz

f < 40Hz f

40Hz

The main unit has two inverter motors and both operate together .

• The sub unit has two tap motors and run in steps of stop , low and high .

• The tap motor functioning is decided as per the frequency of the inverter motors of the main unit.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 193 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Special control

2.1 Oil return control

2.1.1 Oil return control on cooling mode

Component

Inv. Comp.

Const. Comp.

Main EEV

SC EEV

Fan

Reversing Valve

Hot gas bypass

Indoor unit

Indoor EEV

Indoor Fan

Signal

Starting

0 Hz

All off

Full open

Normal control

Normal control

Off

Normal control

Starting

Normal control

Normal control

Off

Running

Refer to Table1

Refer to Table1

Full open min

Normal control

Off

Normal control

Running

1200 pls

Off

On

Ending

40 Hz

Off

Full open

100 pls

Normal control

Off

Normal control

Ending

Normal control

Normal control

Off

Table 1. Compressor combination during Oil return control

Pressure limit

Before 70 s After 70 s

UW

UW+UW

UW+UW+UW

50Hz

45Hz

45Hz+

Const Comp1

80Hz

45Hz+

Const Comp1

45Hz+

Const Comp2

Before 70 s

Normal

60Hz

60Hz+

Const Comp1

60Hz+

Const Comp2

After 70 s

60Hz+

Const Comp1

60Hz+

Const Comp2

60Hz+

Const Comp3

Oil return operation time : 3 min for running step

Starting condition:every 6 hours operate

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 194 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2.1.2 Oil return control on heating mode

Component

Inv. Comp.

Const. Comp.

Main EEV

SC EEV

Fan

Reversing Valve

Hot gas bypass

Indoor unit

Indoor EEV

Indoor Fan

Signal

Starting

0 Hz

All off

Full open

Normal control

Normal control

Off

Normal control

Starting

Normal control

Normal control

Off

Running

Refer to Table2

Refer to Table2

Full open min

Normal control

Off

Normal control

Running

1200 pls

Off

On

Ending

40 Hz

Off

Full open

100 pls

Normal control

Off

Normal control

Ending

Normal control

Normal control

Off

Table 2. Compressor combination during Oil return control

Pressure limit

UW

UW+UW

UW+UW+UW

Before 70 s

50Hz

Minimum Hz

Minimum Hz

+ Const Comp1

After 70 s

80Hz

45Hz+

Const Comp1

45Hz+

Const Comp2

Before 70 s

Normal

60Hz

Minimum Hz

Minimum Hz

+ Const Comp2

After 70 s

60Hz+

Const Comp1

60Hz+

Const Comp2

60Hz+

Const Comp3

Oil return operation time : 3 min for running step

Min. frequency

• temp. out > -5˚C: 30Hz temp. out -5˚C: 40Hz

Starting condition:same as cooling mode

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 195 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2.1.3 Compressor stage during oil return control and defrost control

High pressure limit during defrost and oil return control on heating mode

Compressor combination Pressure range

Pd

3546 kPa

Pd < 3284 kPa

Refer to combination table2 and table 3

Refer to combination table2 and table 3

Low pressure limit during defrost and oil return control on heating mode

Pressure range Compressor combination

Ps

229 kpa

Ps

242 kpa

Refer to combination table2 and table 3

Refer to combination table2 and table 3

High pressure limit during oil return control on cooling mode

Pressure range

Pd

3546 kPa

Pd < 3284 kPa

Compressor combination

Refer to combination table1

Refer to combination table1

Low pressure limit during oil return control on cooling mode

Pressure range

Ps

229 kpa

Ps

242 kpa

Compressor combination

Refer to combination table1

Refer to combination table1

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 196 -

LGE Internal Use Only

2.2 Defrost control

Starting condition

Starting defrost control if one case of bellowing 2 cases is satisfied

1) Partly defrost

When there is one or more bellowing cases of hex pipe temp. as each unit a) air temp.

0°C : hex pipe temp. < -7°C b) -5°C < air temp. < 0°C : hex pipe temp. < (air temp. - 8°C) air temp.

-5°C

: hex pipe temp.< ( air temp. -9°C)

2) All defrost

When all hex pipe temp. is satisfied bellowing cases a) air temp.

0°C : hex pipe temp. < -10°C b) air temp. < 0°C : hex pipe temp. < (air temp. -11°C)

Component

Inv Compressor

Sub unit compressor

Starting

Min. frequency

All off

Running

60 Hz

On

Fan 0 Hz

High pressure control

Ending

30 Hz

Off

High pressure control

Main EEV Full open Full open Base pulse

4 way valve

On

→ off min.

Off min.

On min.

Subcooling EEV

Hot gas bypass valve

On On On

Indoor unit

Fan

Thermo on unit

EEV

Thermo off unit

EEV

Starting

Off

Oil return pulse

Heating close pulse

Running

Off

Oil return operation pulse

Oil return operation pulse

Ending

Off

Return to base pulse

Heating close pulse

Functions

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 197 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

Ending condition

1) All Heat exchanger pipe temperature are above 15˚C for 30 sec.

2) The running time of defrost operation is over 30% of the total heating time

3) If liquid injection begins.

Teble3. Compressor combination during defrost control

UW

UW+UW

UW+UW+UW

Pressure limit

Before 70 s After 70 s

50Hz

45Hz

45Hz+

Const Comp1

80Hz

45Hz+

Const Comp1

45Hz+

Const Comp2

2.3 Oil equalizing control

2.3.1 Oil equalizing control on cooling mode

Before 70 s

Normal

60Hz

60Hz

60Hz+

Const Comp2

After 70 s

60Hz+

Const Comp1

60Hz+

Const Comp2

60Hz+

Const Comp3

Component

Inv Compressor

Sub unit compressor

Fan

Main EEV

4 way valve

Subcooling EEV

Hot gas bypass valve

Starting

Equalizing control

Equalizing control

High pressure control

Full open

Off

Subcooling control

Off

Running

Equalizing control

Equalizing control

High pressure control

Full open

Off

Subcooling control

Off

Ending

Equalizing control

Equalizing control

High pressure control

Full open

Off

Subcooling control

Off

Indoor unit

Fan

Thermo on unit

EEV

Thermo off unit

EEV

Starting

Normal

Normal min. pulse

Running

Normal

Normal min. pulse

Ending condition

1) About 4min after control begins

Starting condition:every 2hours operation with constant compressors.

Ending

Normal

Normal min. pulse

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 198 -

LGE Internal Use Only

2.3.2 Oil equalizing control on heating mode

Component

Inv Compressor

Sub unit compressor

Fan

Main EEV

4 way valve

Subcooling EEV

Hot gas bypass valve

Indoor unit

Fan

Thermo on unit

EEV

Thermo off unit

EEV

Starting

Normal

Normal min. pulse

Ending condition

1) About 4min after control begins

Starting condition:same as cooling mode

Starting

Equalizing control

Equalizing control

Running

Equalizing control

Equalizing control

Ending

Equalizing control

Equalizing control

Low pressure control

Low pressure control

Low pressure

Depending on the indoor pipe temp. condition control

On min. pulse

Off

On min. pulse

Off

On min. pulse

Off

Running

Normal

Normal min. pulse

Ending

Normal

Normal min. pulse

Functions

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 199 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2.3.3 Equalizing operation of compressors’ oil

• The equalizing operation of a sub unit which no compressor operates is not performed.

• The equalizing operation of a sub unit which one compressor operates.

1) The operating compressor runs for 2 min. and stop.

2) The other compressor runs for 2 min.

3) After the equalizing operation, the primarily operating compressor runs.

• The equalizing operation of a sub unit which two compressors operate.

1) One compressor stops at the beginning of equalizing operation of compressors oil by decrease of one stage. The compressor which stops is decided by the stage table.

2) The operating compressor runs for 2 min.

3) The operating compressor stops after 2 min.

4) The other compressor runs for 2 min.

5) After 2 min., two compressors run by increase of one stage.

• Equalizing control about inverter compressor.

1) Inverter compressor keeps Min. frequency for 2 min.

2) Frequency increases 80Hz about 2 min.

3) Thereafter, Inverter compressor decreases to 40Hz.

• The change condition of equalizing operation.

If high pressure rises up to the high pressure limit condition.

Alternative equalizing operation begins.

Alternate equalizing operation runs only one compressor in turn for 2 min.

• The skip conditions of oil equalizing operation.

liquid injection on

Abnormal high pressure

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 200 -

LGE Internal Use Only

2.4 Stopping operation

2.4.1 Stopping operation on cooling mode

Component

Inv Compressor

Sub unit compressor

Fan

Main EEV

4 way valve

Subcooling EEV

Operation

0 Hz

Off

0 Hz

Full open

Off

Full open

Hot gas bypass On

2.4.2 Stopping operation on heating mode

Component

Inv Compressor

Sub unit compressor

Fan

Main EEV

Operation

0 Hz

Off

0 Hz

Full open

4 way valve On

Subcooling EEV Full open

Hot gas bypass On

Note

-

-

-

After 15 min from stop, min.

Off

After 15 min from stop, min.

After 15 min from stop, Off

Note

-

-

-

After 15 min from stop, min.

After 15 min from stop, off

After 15 min from stop, min.

After 15 min from stop, Off

Functions

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 201 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2.4.3 Stopping operation of sub units when only main unit operates

Component

Sub unit compressor

Operation

Off

Note

Fan

Main EEV

Depends on main unit fan frequency

Full open(cooling)

SH control(heating)

4 way valve

Hot gas bypass

Same state to main unit

Normally Off

Subcooling EEV

Subcooling control(cooling) min. pulse(heating)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 202 -

LGE Internal Use Only

3. Protection control

3.1 Pressure protection control

3.1.1 Pressure control on cooling mode

High pressure control

Pressure Range

Pd

3807 kPa

Pd > 3676 kPa

Pd

3448 kPa

Pd < 3284 kPa

Compressor Fan

Stop

-5Hz/2sec.

Frequency holding

Stop

+10Hz/2sec.

Normal control

Normal control

Hot gas

-

Off

Low pressure control

Pressure Range

Ps

229 kPa after 1min

Ps

229 kPa

before 1min

Ps

242 kPa

Ps

399 kPa

Compressor

Stop

Fan

Stop

-5 Hz/2sec.

-10Hz/2sec.

Normal control

Normal control

Frequency holding

Hot gas

On

Off

Functions

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 203 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

3.1.2 Pressure control on heating mode

High pressure control

Pressure Range

Pd

3807 kPa

Pd

3676 kPa

Pd

3448 kPa

Pd

Target press

Compressor

Stop

-5Hz/2sec.

Fan

Stop

-5Hz/2sec.

Normal control Frequency holding

Normal control

Low pressure control

Pressure Range

Ps

229 kPa after 1min

Ps

229 kPa

before 1min

Ps

242 kPa

Ps

268kPa

Ps

307 kPa

Compressor

Stop

Fan

Stop

-5 Hz/2sec.

Frequency holding

+10Hz/2sec.

Normal control

Normal control

Hot gas

On

Off

Hot gas

On

Off

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 204 -

LGE Internal Use Only

3.2 Discharge temperature control

Outdoor unit control

Temperature range

Tdis >115˚C

Compressor Liquid injection

System stop

105˚C< Tdis

112 ˚C

Frequency down + const. Comp off

On

98 ˚C < Tdis

103 ˚C

Tdis

98˚C

Tdis >95 ˚C

Liquid injection on

No frequency up

Pressure control

Pressure control

Keep state

Off

Off

Subcooling EEV

Max. limit

350 pulse

If liquid is on,

Max. limit

350 pulse

Max. limit

150 pulse

10 pulse open /10sec

Indoor unit control

Temperature range

Tdis >115 ˚C

103˚C < Tdis

115˚C

98 ˚C < Tdis

103 ˚C

Tdis

98 ˚C

EEV

System stop

Emergency

SH control

Keep current control

SH control

3.3 Inverter protection control

item

DC Peak

High pressure switch

Low voltage control

System stop

Inv compressor 5Hz down/10 sec

Inv. compressor no frequency up

Inv. Compressor normal control

System stop

System stop

System stop

Functions

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 205 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

3.4 Liquid back control

Main unit on cooling mode

Discharge temperature

Tdis < Tc + 12˚C

Tdis > Tc + 16 ˚C

Sub unit on cooling mode

Discharge temperature

Tdis < Tc + 12˚C

Tdis > Tc + 16 ˚C

Main unit on heating mode

Discharge temperature

Tdis < Tc + 17˚C

Tdis > Tc + 18 ˚C

Sub unit on heating mode

Discharge temperature

Tdis < Tc + 17˚C

Tdis > Tc + 18 ˚C

Indoor unit ’s EEV

SH increasing control

Normal SH control

Indoor unit’s EEV

SH increasing control

Normal SH control

Outdoor unit ’s EEV

SH increasing control

Normal SH control

Indoor unit’s EEV

Normal operation

Normal operation

The logic starts after 9 min. on heating mode and 4 min. on cooling mode from the compressor running.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 206 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

3.5 Phase detection

Main unit

- Inverter PCB has phase fault detection circuit. If a phase is missed or phases are reversed, error LED(red) flickers once per second when power is on.

Sub unit

- Sub PCB has phase fault detection circuit. If a phase is missed or phases are reversed, phase fault error occurs and LED 6 is on.

Phase fault detection is enable only for 5 sec after power is on.

3.6 Pressure switch

Sub unit

- Sub PCB has pressure sensing switch in series between compressor and power relay.

- The state of pressure sensing switch is normally on. It has small electric current from 220V AC. Never touch the connecting terminal with hand nor short two wires directly.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 207 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

4. Other control

4.1 Initial setup

There are 4 initial setup steps before running.

All DIP switch setting must be completed before initial setup.

1) Step 1 : factory setting value display

Main unit

Factory setting value is displayed in 7 segment on PCB for 24sec.

All dip switches must be set properly before step 1.

Power is on

Main model code is displayed (3sec) sub1 model code is displayed (3sec) sub2 model code is displayed (3sec)

Total capacity including sub units is displayed (2sec)

Heat pump : Display 2 is default value

Cooling only : no display

Factory setting(25 is normal)

Refrigerant display

(sub 1)

(sub 2)

( main+sub1,2)

( normal)

( normal)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 208 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

Sub unit

- Factory setting value is displayed by LED's for 3sec

- All dip switches must be set as sub 1, 2 (refer to DIP switch setting)

- LED display disappears after 10 sec.

- LED's led2 led1

8 HP 10 HP 12 HP 14 HP led4 led3

C/O

-

-

H/P

-

-

led6 led5

Sub1 Sub2

-

-

led8 led7 normal

Comp. 2 on

Comp. 1 on

-

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 209 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2) Step 2 : Communication check

- If all model code is displayed in 7 segment including all sub unit, communication between outdoor units is normal.

- LED5 of sub unit PCB blinks when the sub unit transfers information to the main unit.

- If LED5 doesn't blink periodically, check communication wires or dip switch setting.

3) Step 3 : PCB error check

- After 40 sec, error check begins.

Main unit

- All errors of units including sub units are displayed in 7 segment.

- If communication with the inverter fan PCB and that with the inverter compressor PCB are normal, 2 LED's on the main PCB are blink.

LED01k represents the communication state with the inverter compressor PCB.

LED02k represents the communication state with the inverter fan PCB.

Sub unit

- After 40 sec, LED1 blinks once per second.

- If electric phase is reversed or missed, LED6 is on.

- Other LED' except LED1 must be off in initial setup steps.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 210 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

4.2 Instant indoor unit checking mode

- Indoor units can be turned on/off by outdoor unit without central controller or central control address setting with this function.

- All indoor units will be turned off and be wait for 3 min. at the beginning.

- All indoor units can be run on only one mode, cooling or heating by dip switch setting.

- In instant indoor unit checking mode, the indoor unit cannot be controlled by the wired remote controller and there is no display in indoor unit's remote controller. If the indoor unit is turned on/off by the remote controller, it has no effect on the unit.

Dip switch setting

1 on : cooling, 1,2 on : heating

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Red button : push 3 times in 3 sec.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

(3 times)

Instant indoor unit checking mode starts

Red button pushed : Next indoor unit

Black button pushed : On

Off, Off

On

Red button pushed : Next indoor unit

At last indoor unit,

Red button pushed : Return to 1 st unit

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 211 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

4.3 Emergency operation

- If a compressor is out of order, the system can be run except the defective compressor by backup function.

- There are two backup modes. One is the backup of constant speed compressor, and the other is the backup of inverter compressor.

- In inverter compressor backup mode, there is a restriction on the capacity of the running indoor units. In case of inverter failure, backup operation is possible when 110kBtu/hr. or more indoor units are ON.

- On the case of single outdoor unit, the required indoor operating capacity is 70kBtu/hr.

- Under the limit capacity in inverter backup mode, outdoor unit will not be run even indoor units are still running.

normal inv main

C1 C2 sub1

C3 C4 sub2

C5

C2 fail in sub1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 inv C1 C2 C3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

C4 C5

C2, C5, and

Inv. fail inv C1 C2 C3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

C4 C5

C4 and C5 fail

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 inv C1 C2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

C3 C4 C5

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 212 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Part 4

HR Units

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 213 -

LGE Internal Use Only

HR Units

1. Specifications ...........................................................................215

2. Parts Functions ........................................................................216

3. Dimensions ...............................................................................217

4. Piping Diagrams .......................................................................218

5. Wiring Diagrams .......................................................................219

6. Functions ..................................................................................220

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 214 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Specifications

1. Specifications

HR Unit

Model

Max. Connectable No. of Indoor Units

Nominal Input

Net. Weight

Dimensions

(W*H*D)

Casing

Heating kg lbs

Inch

Mm

Connecting Pipes Indoor Liquid Pipe [mm/inch]

Gas Pipe [mm/inch]

Outdoor Liquid [mm/inch]

Low Pressure [mm/inch]

High Pressure [mm/inch]

Sound Absorbing Insulation Material

Current Minimum circuit Amps(MCA)

Maximum fuse Amps(MFA)

Power Supply

Cooling

PRHR020

2

26

26

19

44.1

31.5*8.6*24.3

801*218*617

Ø9.52[3/8]

Ø22.2[7/8]

Ø19.05[3/4]

PRHR030

3

40

40

20

48.5

31.5*8.6*24.3

801*218*617

Galvanized steel plate

Ø9.52[3/8]

Ø15.88[5/8]

Ø12.7[1/2]

Ø28.58[1 1/8]

Ø22.2[7/8]

Flame and resistant foamed polyetinylene

0.2

15

1Ø, 220~240V, 50Hz

PRHR040

4

40

40

21

52.9

31.5*8.6*24.3

801*218*617

Ø12.7[7/8]

Ø28.58[1 1/8]

Ø22.2[7/8]

Notes:

1. Voltage range : Units are suitable for sue on electrical systems where voltage supplied to units terminals is not below or above listed range limits.

2. Maximum allowable voltage unbalance between phases is 2%

3. MCA/MFA MCA = 1.25 * FLA

MFA

4*FLA

(Next lower standard fuse rating. Min. 15A)

4. Select wire size based on the MCA

5. Instead of fuse, use circuit.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 215 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Parts Functions

2. Parts Functions

2.1 Parts Functions

Parts Name

Low pressure gas pipe

High pressure gas pipe

Liquid pipe 1

Liquid bypass valve

Solenoid Assembly 1, 2

Liquid pipe 2

Gas pipe

Balancing valve

Symbol

LPGV

HPGV

LP1

LBV

SOL1, 2

LP2

GSP

BLV

Subcooling EEV SCEEV

Major Function

Pipe for Low pressure gas

Pipe for High pressure gas

Liquid pipe connected with outdoor unit

Prevent Liquid charging

Control the path for heating or cooling

Liquid pipe connected with indoor unit

Gas pipe connected with indoor unit

Control the pressure between High and Low pressure pipe during operation switching

Control the subcooling

Low pressure gas pipe

High pressure gas pipe

Subcooling EEV

Balancing valve

Gas pipe

Liquid pipe 1

Liquid bypass valve

Solenoid Assembly 1

Solenoid Assembly 2

Liquid pipe2

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 216 -

LGE Internal Use Only

3.

Dimensions

3.1 HR Units

PRHR020

PRHR030

PRHR040

98

480

345

137

Dimensions

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 217 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Piping Diagrams

4. Piping Diagrams

4.1 HR Unit

L/P Gas pipe

Liquid pipe

B

H/P Gas pipe

A s s s s s s s s s s s s

Solenoid

EEV

Sensor

D s

: To be switched operation between cooling and heating by two Sol. Valves

: To be used decreasing noise according to sub-cooling of inlet and outlet of indoor unit

(Simultaneous operation)

: To prevent liquid charging between H/P gas valve and HR unit at cooling mode

: To be controlled the pressure between High and Low pressure pipe during operation switching s

C

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 218 -

LGE Internal Use Only

5. Wiring Diagrams

5.1 HR Units

Wiring Diagrams

CN04

CN05

CN06

CN07

CN08

CN09

CN10

CN11

CN12

Solenoid Valve 01L/H(For Room1)

Solenoid Valve 02L/H(For Room2)

Solenoid Valve 03L/H(For Room3)

Solenoid Valve 04L/H(For Room4)

Solenoid Valve 01 (Bypass for Room1)

Solenoid Valve 02 (Bypass for Room2)

Solenoid Valve 03 (Bypass for Room3)

Solenoid Valve 04 (Bypass for Room4)

Solenoid Valve Bypass

CN14 Sub Cooling EEV

CN16(SC Out) Sensor, Sub Cooling Out

CN16(SC In)

CN18(Liquid)

SW01M

Sensor, Sub Cooling in

Sensor, Liquid Receiver

Solonoid Valve Number Setting(When Manual address)

SW02M(1)

SW02M(2~3)

Selecting, Auto Address( ) or manual Address( )

Setting, Total Number of Indoor connected

SW03M

SW04M

SW05M

Setting, the Address of indoor_10(When manual Address)

Setting, the Address of indoor_1(When Manual Address)

Setting, HR Unit Number

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 219 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

6. Functions

1. Basic control .................................................................................................................223

1.1 Normal operation .....................................................................................................223

1.2 Starting control.........................................................................................................223

1.3 Valve control.............................................................................................................223

2. Special control ..............................................................................................................224

2.1 Oil return/defrost control ..........................................................................................224

2.2 Liquid bypass control ...............................................................................................224

2.3 Subcooling EEV control ...........................................................................................224

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 220 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

1. Basic control

1.1 Normal operation

Actuator

H/P gas valve

L/P gas valve

Liquid valve

Power on

Close

After 30 sec.

Open

Close

Cooling operation

Close

Open

Open

Heating operation

Open

Close

Close

Stop state

Keep

Keep

Close

1.2 Starting control(Heating mode only)

If the system is operated in the heating mode, all high pressure gas valves are opened

1.3 Valve control

Mode change timer is calculated as Table 1, and valves are controlled by Mode change timer according to

Table 2.

Table 1. Mode change timer calculation

Previous mode Changing Mode

Stop or Ventilation

Cooling mode

Heating mode

Cooling or Heating

Cooling or Heating

Heating

Cooling

Stop or Ventilation

Mode change timer

120 s

180 s

120 s

Keep

Table 2. Valve control by Mode change timer

Operating mode

Cooling

Heating

Mode change timer

120

timer

0 < timer < 120

timer = 0

180

timer

0 < timer < 180

timer = 0

Stop or

Ventilation

-

H/P gas

Valve

Keep

Close

Close

Keep

Close

Open

Keep

L/P gas

Valve

Keep

Close

Open

Keep

Close

Close

Keep

Balancing

Valve

Close

Open

Close

Close

Close

Close

Close

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 221 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Functions

2. Special control

2.1 Oil return/defrost control

Component

Inv. Compressor

H/P gas valve

L/P gas valve

Balancing valve

Starting

Stop

Keep

Keep

Open for 30s

2.2 Liquid bypass control

Running

60 Hz

Close

Open

Close

Indoor Units Operating

Ending

40 Hz

Open or Close

Open or Close

Close

Are whole Indoor Units operating

Cooling mode?

Yes

Solenoid valve Open

For liquid bypass

(H/P gas

L/P gas valve)

No

2.3 Subcooling EEV control

Target : about 15°C

Subcooling EEV works with Fuzzy rules to keep the degree of subcooling at the outlet of subcooler during simultaneous operation

The degree of Subcooling = T outlet of Subcooler – T inlet of Subcooler.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 222 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Part 5

PCB Setting and Test Run

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 223 -

LGE Internal Use Only

HR Unit PCB

HR Unit PCB

#1 valve housing

#4 valve housing

#1 cooling valve LED(green)

#1 heating valve LED(red)

7-SEG

SW02M

(Dip switch for setup of the function of HR unit)

Switch for setup of HR Unit

1. Main function of SW02M

SW02M

ON S/W

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.4

No.5

No.6

No.7

No.8

Selection

Method for addressing valves of an HR unit (Auto/Manual)

Model of HR unit

Model of HR unit

Not used

Not used

Not used

Use only in factory production (preset to “OFF”)

Use only in factory production (preset to “OFF”)

1) Selection of the method for addressing valves of an HR unit (Auto/Manual)

Switch No.1 Off Switch No.1 On

Manual

Auto

SW03M SW04M

SW05M

(Switch for

addressing

HR unit)

SW01M

SW01M/SW03M/SW04M

(Switch for manual valve

addressing)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 224 -

LGE Internal Use Only

HR Unit PCB

2) Selection of the model of the HR unit

(For 2 rooms)

PRHR020

(For 3 rooms)

PRHR040

(For 4 rooms)

PRHR040

Initial

Setting

1 room

Connected

2 rooms

Connected

3 rooms

Connected

4 rooms

Connected

Each model is shipped with the switches No.2 and No.3 pre-adjusted as above in the factory.

WARNING

If you want to use a PRHR030 for 2 rooms HR unit after closing the 3rd pipes, set the dip switch for 2 rooms HR unit.

If you want to use a PRHR040 for 3 rooms HR unit after closing the 4th pipes, set the dip switch for 3 rooms HR unit.

If you want to use a PRHR040 for 2 rooms HR unit after closing the 3rd and 4th pipes, set the dip switch for 2 rooms HR unit.

The unused port must be closed with a copper cap, not with a plastic cap.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 225 -

LGE Internal Use Only

HR Unit PCB

2. SW05M (Rotary S/W for addressing HR unit)

Must be set to '0' when installing only one HR unit.

When installing multiple HR units, address the HR units with sequentially increasing numbers starting from '0'.

Ex) Installation of 3 HR units

3 4 3 4 3 4

3. SW01M/SW03M/SW04M (Dip S/W and tact S/W for manual valve addressing)

- Used in manual addressing of the valve in the HR unit

- Set the address of the valve of the HR unit to the central control address of the connected indoor unit.

- SW01M: selection of the valve to address

SW03M: increase in the digit of 10 of valve address

SW04M: increase in the last digit of valve address

- Prerequisite for manual valve addressing : central control address of each indoor unit must be preset differently at its wired remote control.

S/W No.

Setup

No.1

Manual addressing of valve #1

SW01M

No.2

No.3

No.4

Manual addressing of valve #2

Manual addressing of valve #3

Manual addressing of valve #4

SW03M SW03M Increase in the digit of 10 of valve address

SW04M

SW04M Increase in the last digit of valve address

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 226 -

LGE Internal Use Only

HR Unit PCB

Method for addressing of indoor and HR Unit

1) Auto addressing for indoor unit

2) Auto pipe detection

3) Manual pipe detection(Execute in case of Auto pipe detection failure)

• Turn off all the indoor units before auto addressing.

If indoor unit is operated, auto addressing would not be completed.

1) Auto addressing for indoor unit

Wait 3 minutes after turning on the outdoor unit, HR unit, indoor unit.

Press SW02M of the outdoor unit main PCB for 5 seconds

2~7 minutes are required depending on the number of indoor units connected.

The number of the indoor units and HR units connected is displayed at 7-SEG of the outdoor unit main PCB after completion of indoor unit addressing and the address of each indoor unit appears in the window of its own wired remote control. (Example: CH01, CH02, CH03....CH06)

Indoor Unit auto addressing is completed

7-SEG

2) Auto pipe detection

• Turn No.1 of SW02M of HR unit PCB off.

SW02M

AUTO ADDRESS

• Confirm that the setting of No.2, 3 of SW02M corresponds with the number of indoor units.

• Reset the power of HR unit PCB

• Turn off the No.5 DIP S/W of outdoor PCB when outdoor temperature is below 15°C

• Turn on the No.5 DIP S/W of outdoor PCB when outdoor temperature is over 15°C

• Reset the power of outdoor unit.

• Wait 3 minuts.

• Press SW01M of the outdoor unit main PCB for 5 Seconds.

• The number of connected HR unit is displayed.

Ex) In case of installing four HR units : 04

• Operated after 88 is displayed on 7-SEG of the outdoor unit main PCB.

• Pipe detection proceed.

• 5~30 minutes are required depending on the number of the indoor units and outdoor temperature.

• The number of the indoor units installed is displayed on 7-SEG of the outdoor unit main PCB for about 1 minute

(For a HR unit, the number of the indoor units connected to each HR unit is displayed.

• '200' is displayed in case of auto pipe detection error, and auto detection is completed after '88' is disappeared.

Auto pipe detection function : the function that sets connection relationship automatically between the indoor unit and HR unit.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 227 -

LGE Internal Use Only

HR Unit PCB

WARNING

1. Execute auto addressing and auto pipe detection again whenever the indoor PCB and HR unit PCB is replaced.

• Operation error occurs unless power is applied to the indoor and HR units.

2. Error No.200 occurs if the number of connected indoor units and that of scanned indoor units are different.

3. When auto pipe detection fails, complete it with manual pipe detection (see Manual pipe detection).

4. When auto pipe detection addressing is completed normally, manual pipe detection is not required.

5. If you want to do auto pipe detection again after auto pipe detection fails, do after reset of outdoor unit by all means.

3) Manual pipe detection

• Enter the central control address into each indoor unit using its wired remote control.

• Turn No.1 of SW02M of HR unit PCB on.

• Reset the power of HR unit PCB.

• On the HR unit PCB, manually set address of each valve of the HR unit to the central control address of the indoor unit connected to the valve.

• Turn No.6 of SW03M of outdoor unit PCB on.

• Reset the power of outdoor unit PCB.

• The number of the indoor unit installed is displayed after about 5 minutes.

ex) Ex) HR

The number of the indoor

• Turn No.6 of SW03M of outdoor unit PCB off.

• Reset the power of outdoor unit PCB.

• Manual pipe detection is completed

WARNING

• In case that central controller is not installed, remain the address data after installer sets central control address as he wants

• In case that central controller is installed, there would be central control address in wired remote control of indoor unit.

• In this case, set the HR unit manual pipe address according to central control address of indoor unit.

• Pipe which is not connected with indoor unit should be set different address with pipe Connected with indoor unit.

(If addresses are piled up, corresponding valve is not working.

• If you want to change the setting of manual pipe, you should do it on HR unit PCB.

• If an error occurred, it means that manual pipe setting is not completed.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 228 -

LGE Internal Use Only

HR Unit PCB

Flow chart for addressing of indoor and HR Unit

1) Flow chart for Auto addressing

Turn HR unit , indoor unit and outdoor unit on in the order named.

Wait for 3 minutes

Press SW02M of the outdoor unit main PCB for 5 seconds

'88' is displayed on outdoor unit main PCB and

HRunit PCB

The number of the indoor units connected is displayed at 7-SEG of the outdoor unit main PCB after 2~7 minutes

The number of HR units connected is displayed at 7-SEG of the outdoor unit main PCB

Are the number of indoor units connected to the outdoor unit wiring and displayed one equal?

Yes

No

Completion of auto addressing

Check power and communication wiring between outdoor, HR and indoor units

Retry indoor unit auto-addressing after checking trouble

Incompletion of auto addressing

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 229 -

LGE Internal Use Only

HR Unit PCB

2) Flow chart for Auto pipe detection

Confirmation of indoor unit address setting

Outdoor unit is operated for 5~30 minues.

Turn No.1 of SW02M of HR unit PCB off.

Confirm that the setting of No.2, 3 of

SW02M corresponds with the number of indoor units.

Reset the power of HR unit PCB

Confirm the No.5 DIP S/W of SW03M of outdoor PCB

Outdoor temperature is over 15

°

C : ON

Outdoor temperature is below 15

°

C : OFF

Is the pipe setting condition satisfied during the operation of indoor unit?

YES

The number of indoor units detected is displayed for 30 seconds on the outdoor unit PCB after outdoor unit stopped

NO

Display error on outdoor unit PCB

Display error on HR unit PCB

Outdoor unit PCB : HR

HR unit number

Valve number

HR unit : '200'

Check the HR unit and indoor unit

In case of changing SW03M S/W of outdoor unit, reset the power of outdoor unit main PCB

Wait for 3 minutes

Press SW01M of the outdoor unit main

PCB for 5 seconds

Are the number of indoor units connected to the outdoor unit wiring and displayed

one equal?

YES

Completion of auto pipe detection

NO

Pipe detection error occur after 30 seconds.

Check the installation of pipe of outdoor, indoor, HR unit

88' is displayed on 7-SEG of the outdoor unit main PCB

It is possible to be generated mode changing noise of

heating and cooling which is normal.

There is no mode changing noise at normal operation.

Retry auto pipe detection after checking trouble

Incompletion of auto pipe detection

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 230 -

LGE Internal Use Only

HR Unit PCB

3) Flow chart for Manual pipe detection

Execute in case of Auto pipe detection failure

Wait for about 5 minutes.

Turn No.1 of SW02M of HR unit PCB on.

The number of the indoor units installed is displayed.

Ex)HR

The number of the indoor

Reset the power of HR unit PCB.

Enter the central control address into each indoor unit using its wired remote control.

Are the number of indoor units connected to the outdoor unit and displayed one equal?

YES

On the HR unit PCB, manually set address of each valve of the HR unit to the central control address of the indoor unit connected to the valve.

Turn No.6 of SW03M of outdoor unit PCB off.

NO

Check the central control address of indoor and HR unit.

Make sure that reset the outdoor unit power when changing the central control unit

Turn No.6 of SW03M of outdoor unit PCB on.

Completion of manual pipe detection

Reset the power of outdoor unit PCB.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 231 -

LGE Internal Use Only

HR Unit PCB

Example of checking valve address

(In case that an indoor unit of central control address '11' is connected to a valve #1 of an

HR unit)

No.

Display and Setup Setup and Contents

1

• Operation: Turn dip S/W No.1 on.

• Display: "11" is displayed in 7-SEG

SW01M SW03M

2

• Operation: Turn dip S/W No.1 on.

• 7-SEG disappeared

SW01M SW03M

Identification of Manual Valve ID (Address)

No.

Display and Setup Setup and Contents

1

• Operation: more than 2 dip switches turned on.

• Display: "Er" is displayed in 7-SEG

SW01M SW03M

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 232 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Main unit and Sub unit PCB

Main Unit PCB

Main unit and Sub unit PCB

7 Segments

(Shows setting status)

SW03M (DIP switch)

Sub Unit PCB

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 233 -

LED

(Shows setting status)

SW03M

(DIP switch)

LGE Internal Use Only

Main unit and Sub unit PCB

DIP switch setting

Checking according to dip switch setting

1. You can check the setting values of the main outdoor unit from the 7 segment LED and those of the sub outdoor unit from the LED. The dip switch setting should be changed when the power is OFF.

2. It checks whether the input is properly performed without the bad contact of the dip switch or not

Checking the setting of the main unit

The number is sequentially appeared at the 7 segment in 10 seconds after applying the power.

This number represents the setting condition.

For example, R410a 30HP(Combined 10+10+10HP), Normal mode ;

Main model code

Sub1 model code

Sub2 model code

➨ total capacity

3

25

41

(93) (97) (97) (30)

1~255: Main model code

Code Table

1~255: Sub1 model code

1~255: Sub2 model code

Main Unit

5~40: HP number(sum of main capacity and sub capacity)

1: Save mode 3: Normal mode 4: Capacity up mode

HP

8

Code

92

25: Normal

10 93

22: R22 model 41: R410a model

12 94

14 95

Sub Unit

HP

10

12

Code

97

98

Checking the setting of the sub unit

It is displayed by 8 LED of the sub unit. A set of two LED's represents 0, 1, 2 and 3 in binary.

LED1, LED3, LED5, and LED7 are least significant bit of each digit.

LED2, LED4, LED6, and LED8 are most significant bit of each digit.

1) LED2, LED1

00 : 8HP unit

2) LED6, LED5

00 : -

3) LED8, LED7

00 : normal

01 : 10HP unit

01 : sub1

11 : data display

10 : 12HP unit

10 : sub2

11 : 14HP unit

11 : sub3

CAUTION

Product may not properly operate if the relevant DIP switch is not properly setup.

LED location of the sub part

LED8 LED7 LED6 LED5 LED4

LED3

LED2

LED1

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 234 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Main unit and Sub unit PCB

Setting the DIP switch (SW03M)

• Set the dip switch with the power turned off. If you change the setting when the power is on, the changed setting is not applied immediately. The changed setting is applied at the moment that the power is on.

• Instant indoor unit checking, data display mode, and forced oil collecting operation are used when the units are running. If you don't have to use those functions after using them, restore the dip switch setting.

1. Settings of main outdoor unit

1) Standard mode(default)

1 2 3 4 5

ON

OFF

6 7 8

Setting before applying the power

When the installation condition is normal

(almost all cases), use standard mode.

2) Save mode

1 2

ON

OFF

3 4 5 6 7 8

Setting before applying the power

When the total pipe length is extremely short, use save mode.

3) Capacity up

1 2

ON

OFF

3 4 5 6 7 8

4) Instant indoor unit checking: Cooling mode

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

5) Instant indoor unit checking: Heating mode

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

Setting before applying the power

When the total pipe length is extremely long, use capacity up mode.

data address

With dip switch setting as left side, push address(red) button

3 times in 3 sec.

With data button, select the indoor unit that you want to turn on/off. Push address button for

3 sec, and the indoor unit will be turned on/off.

After using, restore the dip switch setting.

data address

6) Instant indoor unit checking: Restoring

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF data address

If you set the dip switch #1 and

#2 off during the instant indoor checking mode, the mode is ended. After that, restore the dip switch setting.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 235 -

LGE Internal Use Only

HR Unit PCB

7) Forced oil collecting operation

1 2 3 4 5 6

ON

OFF

7 8 data

5sec address

With dip switch setting as left side, push data button for 5 sec.

Oil collecting operation is enabled after 10 minutes running of comp.

8) Backup operation 1 : In case of Inverter compressor damaged.

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Setting before applying the power

Set at the unit of the inverter(constant speed comp.1) failure

In case of inverter failure, backup operation is possible when 110k or more indoor units are ON.

9) Backup operation 2 : In case of constant speed compressor damaged.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Set at the unit of the constant speed comp. failure.

ON

OFF

10) Backup operation 3 : In case of both compressors damaged.

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Setting before applying the power

Set at the disabled unit.

11) Select Auto pipe Detection mode

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

When outdoor temperature is below 15

°

C

When outdoor temperature is over 15

°

C

12) Manual Pipe Detection : Matching HR UNIT Valve and Indoor Unit

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

After turn no6 s/w on ,Reset PCB power

After finish Manual Pipe Detection,

Must turn off no6 s/w

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 236 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Main unit and Sub unit PCB

2. Settings of sub outdoor unit

1) The sequence of sub unit : 1 st

sub unit

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

2) The sequence of sub unit : 2 nd

sub unit

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

3) The sequence of sub unit : 3 rd

sub unit

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON

OFF

At the 1 st

sub unit, set dip switch as the left side.

Setting before applying the power.

At the 2 nd

sub unit, set dip switch as the left side.

Setting before applying the power.

At the 3 rd

sub unit, set dip switch as the left side.

Setting before applying the power.

4) Backup operation 1 : in case of constant speed compressor 1 damaged

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Setting before applying the power

Set at the unit of the inverter(constant speed comp.1) failure

In case of inverter failure, backup operation is possible when 110k or more indoor units are ON.

5) Backup operation 2 : in case of constant speed compressor 2 damaged

ON

OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Setting before applying the power

Set at the unit of the constant speed comp.2 failure.

6) Backup operation 3 : in case of both compressors damaged

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Setting before applying the power

Set at the disabled unit.

ON

OFF

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 237 -

LGE Internal Use Only

HR Unit PCB

Installation of Simple Central Controller

Confirm the power of whole system(outdoor unit and indoor/HR units) is OFF, otherwise turn off.

The transmission lines connected to C, D of simple central controller should be connected to C,D terminal port for central control of outdoor unit with care for their polarity (C

C, D

D)

Both the DC power (Vcc) and the GND connect the simple central controller according to the polarity of Vcc terminal and GND.

Turn the whole system on.

Set the group and indoor unit number with a wired remote control.

To control several sets of indoor units into a group, set the group ID from 0 to F for this purpose.

Terminal block of outdoor unit

Indoor unit Outdoor unit Central controller

A B E F C D Vcc GND

GND

C

D

Vcc

Simple central controller

Group recognition of the simple central controller

No. 0 group (00~0F)

No. 1 group (10~1F)

No. 2 group (20~2F)

No. 3 group (30~3F)

No. 4 group (40~4F)

No. 5 group (50~5F)

No. 6 group (60~6F)

No. 7 group (70~7F)

No. 8 group (80~8F)

No. 9 group (90~9F)

No. A group (A0~AF)

No. B group (B0~BF)

No. C group (C0~CF)

No. D group (D0~DF)

No. E group (E0~EF)

No. F group (F0~FF)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 238 -

LGE Internal Use Only

HR Unit PCB

Group Number Setting of Indoor Units

1. Press Program button and Set/Clr button at the same time for 3 seconds.

2. The current group and the indoor unit numbers are indicated on the "88" of the wired remote control.

3. Set numbers by using the temperature adjust key.

AUTO SWING OPERATION SET TEMP

Room Temp

FAN SPEED

HI

MED

LO

AUTO

JET

SLo

SUB FUNCTION

Heater

Defrost

Filter

Preheat

Humidify

Out door

2ndF

Time ZONE 1 2 3 4

Timer

On Off

Set no. Time

Operation unit Program set

01 03 05 07 09 11 13 15 17 19 21 23

Timer Cancel

2ndF

Program Week Holiday

Set/Clr

Hour Min

PLASMA

RESET

4. Press Program button and Set/Clr button at the same time for 3 seconds.

5. If transmit recognition data is received from the indoor unit, it returns to the general operation mode.

WARNING

• Valve address and central control address of its corresponding indoor unit should be set identical in manual addressing.

EX)

HR unit

Valve (04)

Valve (03)

Valve (02)

Valve (01)

Indoor unit (04)

Indoor unit (03)

Indoor unit (02)

Indoor unit (01)

Central control address

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 239 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Test Run

Test Run

Checks Before Test Run

1

Check to see whether there is any refrigerant leakage, and slack of power or transmission cable.

2

Confirm that 500 V megger shows 2.0 M

Ω or more between power supply terminal block and ground.

Do not operate in the case of 2.0 M

Ω or less.

NOTE: Never carry out megaohm check over terminal control board. Otherwise the control board would be broken.

Immediately after mounting the unit or after leaving it turned off for an extended length of time, the resistance of the insulation between the power supply terminal board and the ground may decrease to approx. 2 M

Ω as a result of refrigerant accumulating in the internal compressor.

If the insulation resistance is less than 2 M

, turning on the main power supply and energizing the crankcase heater for more than 6 hours will cause the refrigerant to evaporate, increasing the insulation resistance.

3

Check if Liquid pipe, High Pressure Gas, Low Pressure Gas are fully opened

NOTE: Be sure to tighten caps.

4

Check if there are any problems in automatic addressing or not:

Check and confirm that there are no error messages in the display of indoor units or remote controls and LED in outdoor units.

CAUTION

• Before operating the Unit, main power to be supplied for 6 hours.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 240 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Replacement procedure for

Compressor(ARUB808T1 TO ARUB4008T1)

1. Replacement procedure for Compressor...............................242

1.1 Replacement procedure .......................................................244

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 241 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Replacement procedure for Compressor(ARUB808T1-ARUB4008T1)

Replacement procedure for Compressor(ARUB808T1-ARUB4008T1)

1) Collect the refrigerant by using refrigerant recovery unit

(Since the setting on outdoor unit PCB is required for refrigerant recovery, refer to the warming plate

"Precautions in service work "attached on the switch box cover)

2) Remove the sound insulator mat covering the faulty compressor, and disconnect the power

3) Disconnect the brazing sections of suction pipe and discharge pipe by using brazing torch after the refrigerant has been collected completely.

4) Remove equalizing pipe nut.

5) Remove three bolts at cushion rubber section to take out the faulty compressor outside the unit.

6) Install the new compressor in the unit.(Be sure to insert the cushion rubbers before tightening the fixing bolts of compressor.)

7) Remove the rubber caps put on the suction and discharge pipe of the new compressor to release.the sealing nitrogen gas.(Take note that oil may spout due to the pipe inside pressure if the plug put on the equalizing seat is removed before removing of rubber cap.)

8) Fasten equalizing pipe with nut.(14 ~ 18N.m)

9) Braze the suction and discharge pipe with brazing torch to the compressor.

Discharge pipe

Suction pipe

Oil Return pipe

Equalizing seat outlet

Cut section

10) Conduct air tight test to check the piping system is free from leakage.

11) Connect power cable to the terminal board of compressor and cover the compressor with sound insulator mat.

12) Conduct vacuum drying.(Since the setting on out-door unit PCB is required for vacuum drying, refer to the warning plate recautions in service work” attached on the switch box cover.)

13) Charge refrigerant after the completion of vacuum drying, and check the function of compressor with cooling or heating operation.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 242 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Part 6

Trouble shooting guide

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 243 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Trouble Shooting guide

1. The phenomena from main component failure .....................245

2. Checking Method for key components...................................246

3. Selt-diagnosis function............................................................254

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 244 -

LGE Internal Use Only

The phenomena from main component failure

1. The phenomena from main component failure

The phenomena from main component failure

Component

Compressor

Outdoor fan

Outdoor

EEV

Phenomenon Cause Check method and Trouble shooting

Not operating

Stop during running

Motor insulation broken

Motor insulation failure

Check resistance between terminals and chassis

Check resistance between terminals and chassis

High pressure error at cooling

Motor failure, bad ventilation around outdoor heat exchanger

Check the outdoor fan operation after being turned the outdoor units off for some time.

Remove obstacles around the outdoor units

Bad connector contact Check connector Heating failure, frequent defrosting

No operating sound at applying power

Heating failure, frozen outdoor heat exchanger part

Coil failure

EEV clogged

Low pressure error or discharge temperature error

EEV clogged

Check resistance between terminals

Service necessary

Service necessary

When system fault occurs, the error code is displayed at indoor unit display or remote control display, the trouble shooting guide is in the service manual

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 245 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Checking Method for Key Components

2. Checking Method for Key Components

2.1 Compressor

Check and ensure in following order when error related with the compressor or error related with power occurs during operation:

No.

1

Checking Item

Is how long power on during operation?

Symptom

1) Power on for 6 hours or more

Countermeasure

* Go to No.2.

2) Power on for 6 hours or less * Go to No.2 after applying power for designated time (12 hours).

* Check IPM may fail.

2

Does failure appears again when starting operation?

1) The compressor stops andsame error appears again.

Method to measure insulation resistance

Comp.

pipe

Motor

2) If output voltage of the inverter is stably output. *1

* Check coil resistor and insulation resistor. If normal, restart the unit. If same symptom occurs, replace the compressor.

* Insulation resistor: 2MW or more

Coil resistor: U-V: 1.16±7%

V-W: 1.19±7%

W-U: 1.21±7%

Figure 1.

Method to measure coil resistance

Comp.

U

Motor

V W

3) If output voltage of the inverter is unstable or it is 0V.

(When incapable of using a digital tester)

* Check the IPM.

If the IPM is normal, replace the inverter board.

* Check coil resistor and insulation resistor.

Figure 2.

[Cautions when measuring voltage and current of inverter power circuit]

Measuring values may differ depending on measuring tools and measuring circuits since voltage, current in the power supply or output side of the inverter has no since waveform.

Especially, output voltage changes when output voltage of the inverter has a pattern of pulse wave.

In addition, measuring values appear largely differently depending on measuring tools.

1) If using a movable tester when checking that output voltage of the inverter is constant (when comparing relative voltage between lines), always use an analog tester. Especially exercise particular caution if the output frequency of the inverter is low, when using a movable tester, where change of measured voltage values is large between other lines, when virtually same values appear actually or where there is danger to determine that failure of the inverter occurred.

2) You can use rectification voltmeter ( ) if using commercial frequency tester when measuring output values of the inverter (when measuring absolute values). Accurate measuring values cannot be obtained with a general movable tester (For analog and digital mode).

- 246 -

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

LGE Internal Use Only

Checking Method for Key Components

2.2 Fan Motor

Checking Item

(1) The fan motor does not operate.

Does failure appears again when starting operation?

(2) Vibration of the fan motor is large.

Symptom

1) When power supply is abnormal

2) For wrong wiring

3) For failure of motor

4) For defective fuse

5) For failure of circuit board

Countermeasure

* Modify connection status in front of or at the rear of the breaker, or if the power terminal console is at frosting condition.

* Modify the power supply voltage is beyond specified scope.

* For following wiring.

1. Check connection status.

2. Check contact of the connector.

3. Check that parts are firmly secured by tightening screws.

4. Check connection of polarity.

5. Check short circuit and grounding.

* Measure winding resistance of the motor coils.

Main outdoor unit: INV [19.0±7%

(75˚C)]

Sub outdoor unit: Main [22.8±7%

(75˚C)]

R1 [34.8±7%

(75˚C)]

R2 [3.7±7%

(75˚C)]

* Replace the fuse if there is defect (Fuse 800V

30A).

Replace the circuit board in following procedures if problems occur again when powering on and if there are no matters equivalent to items as specified in above 1) through 4).

(Carefully check both connector and grounding wires when replacing the circuit board.)

1. Replace only fan control boards.

If starting is done, it means that the fan control board has defect.

2. Replace both fan control board and the main board.

If starting is done, it means that the main board has defect.

3. If problems continue to occur even after countermeasure of No.1 and No.2, it means that both boards has defect.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 247 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Checking Method for Key Components

2.3 Electronic Expansion Valve

DC 12V Driving circuit

EEV

1

M

4

6

2

3

ø5

ø4

ø3

ø2

ø1

Red

White

Yellow

Orange

Blue

5

4

3

2

1

ø4

ø3

ø2

ø1

• Pulse signal output value and valve operation

Output(ø) No.

ø1

1

ON

2

OFF

3

Output state

4

OFF OFF

5

OFF

6

OFF

ø2

ø3

ø4

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

OFF

ON

OFF OFF

OFF OFF

ON OFF

ON ON

7

ON

8

ON

OFF OFF

OFF OFF

ON OFF

• Output pulse sequence

- In valve close state: 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1

- In valve open state: 8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

8

* 1. If EEV open angle is not change, all of output phase will be OFF

2. If output phase is different or continuously in the ON state, motor will not operate smoothly and start vibrating.

• EEV valve operation

Valve open

Angle close open

Full open

1350 pulses

- At power ON, open angle signal of 1400 pulses output and valve position is set to

If valve is operated smoothly, no noise and vibration is occurred and if valve is closed. noise occurs.

- If you contact screw driver to EEV, and contact your ear to driver hand grip. you can confirm the noise from EEV.

- If liquid refrigerant is in EEV, the noise is lower.

pulse

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 248 -

LGE Internal Use Only

• EEV Coil and body(Outdoor unit)

Coil part

Lead wire

Checking Method for Key Components

Body

• Remove and assemble the coil

Remove Assemble

• Grip the A part tightly, and pull up coil part upward.

When the coil part is removed or assembled, be careful not to bend the pipe of the body.

A part

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 249 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Checking Method for Key Components

• EEV failure check method

Failure mode

Microcomputer

Driving circuit failure

Diagnosis

1.Disconnect the EEV connector form control board and

connect testing LED

Repair process Unit

Check and replace

Indoor unit control board

Indoor unit

EEV locking

1K LED

2. Main power ON, pulse signal is out from EEV for 17 sec.

If LEDs do not turn on, or are in on state continuously,

then driving circuit is abnormal

1.If EEV is locked, in no load state, the driving motor rotate,

and clicking sound always occurs

Replace EEV

EEV Motor coil short or misconnection

Full closing

(valve leakage)

1. Check the resistance between coil terminal

(red-white, red-yellow, red-orange, red-blue)

2. If the estimated resistance value is in 52

±

3

then the EEV is normal

1. Check the resistance between coil terminal

(brown-white, brown-yellow, brown-orange, brown-blue)

2. If the estimated resistance value is in 150

±

10

then the EEV is normal

1. Operate indoor unit with FAN mode and operate another

indoor unit with COOLING mode

2. Check indoor unit(FAN mode) liquid pipe temperature

(from operation monitor of outdoor unit control board)

3. When fan rotate and EEV is fully closed, if there is any

leakage, then the temperature is down

If estimated temperature is very low in comparison with

suction temperature which is displayed at remote

controller then the valve is not fully closed

Replace EEV

Replace EEV

If the amount of leakage is much,

Replace EEV

Indoor

/ Outdoor unit

Outdoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 250 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Checking Method for Key Components

2.4 3Phase Bridge Diode

Internal circuit diagram

+

~

(U)

~

(V)

~

(W)

Appearance

-

+

~

(U)

~

(V)

~

(W)

-

1. Unplug the + terminal of electrolytic capacitor from the + terminal of

3phase bridge diode

2. Set the multi meter to resistance mode

Check and estimate the resistance between each pair of terminal (+, -),

(+, ~(U)), (+, ~(V)), (+, ~(W)), (~(U), -), (~(V), -), (~(W), -),

the estimated value should be large enough to Mega Ohm unit.

3. Set the multi meter to diode mode, and estimate between each pair of

terminal (~(U), +), (~(V), +), (~(W), +), (-, ~(U)), (-, ~(V)), (-, ~(W)),

the estimated value should be stable and be in between 0 to 1.

(ex: 0.35, 0.46 etc.)

If one of the above articles is not satisfied, bridge diode must be inferior and to be replaced

Caution

In case that the control box is opened and before checking electrical parts, it should be checked that the LED 01Y (in inverter board, refer to page 172) turned off

(wait 3 minutes after main power OFF), otherwise it may cause electrical shock.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 251 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Checking Method for Key Components

2.5 IPM(Integrated Power Module)

Internal circuit diagram

P

3

U

16

7

V

17

W

11

18

Appearance

1

P

N

W

Array of IPM Pin

V U

19

N

1. Unplug the +, – terminal of electrolytic capacitor from the P and N terminal of

IPM

2. Set the multi meter to resistance mode

Check and estimate the resistance between each pair of terminal

(P, N), (P, U), (P, V), (P, W), (U, N), (V, N), (W, N),

the estimated value should be large enough to Mega Ohm unit.

3. Set the multi meter to resistance mode

Check and estimate the resistance between each pair of terminal

(3, U), (7, V), (11, W), (16, N), (17, N), (18, N),

the estimated value should be large enough to Mega Ohm unit.

the check point is inside of the screw hole

(U, V, W, N),

if check points are plate face of the terminal, then estimated values are gate resistance.

4. Set the multi meter to diode mode, and estimate between each pair of terminal

(U, P), (V, P), (W, P), (N, U), (N, V), (N, W),

the estimated value should be stable and be in between 0 to 1. (ex: 0.35, 0.46 etc.)

If one of the above articles is not satisfied,

IPM must be inferior and is to be replaced

Caution

In case that the control box is opened and before checking electrical parts, it should be checked that the LED 01Y (in inverter board, refer to page 172) turned off

(wait 3 minutes after main power OFF), otherwise it may cause electrical shock.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 252 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Checking Method for Key Components

2.6 Other

1) Disconnect an terminal of voltage distribution resistor from each DC link

electrolytic capacitor

2) Set the multi meter to resistance mode, connect the probe to +,- terminal

of the capacitor. If the estimated resistance value is increase

continuously without short(value is 0), then the resistor is normal

3) Set the multi meter to resistance mode, confirm that the resistance value

of the resistor is around 270 kOhm

Check and replace inferior components

Caution

In case that the control box is opened and before checking electrical parts, it should be checked that the LED 01Y turned off (wait 3 minutes after main power

OFF), otherwise it may cause electrical shock.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 253 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Self-diagnosis function

3. Self-diagnosis function

Self-Diagnosis Function

Error Indicator

• This function indicates types of failure in self-diagnosis and occurrence of failure for air condition.

• Error mark is displayed on display window of indoor units and wired remote controller, and 7-segment LED of outdoor unit control board as shown in the table.

• If more than two troubles occur simultaneously, lower number of error code is first displayed.

• After error occurrence, if error is released, error LED is also released simultaneously.

0

Display

1

0 2

0

0

0

0

0

0

3

4

5

6

7

9

Title

Air temperature sensor of indoor unit

Cause of Error

Air temperature sensor of indoor unit is open or short

Inlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit Inlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit is open or short

Transmission error : wired remote controller

↔ indoor unit

Failing to receive wired remote controller signal at indoor unit PCB

Malfunction of drain pump

Failing to receive outdoor unit signal at indoor unit PCB

Drain pump

Transmission error : outdoor unit

↔ indoor unit

Outlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit

Different operation mode

Outlet pipe temperature sensor of indoor unit is open or short

Operation mode between indoor unit and outdoor unit is different

Serial No.

In the case that the serial number marked on

EEPROM of Indoor unit is 0 or FFFFFF

1 0

Poor fan motor operation

Disconnecting the fan motor connector/Failure or indoor fan motor lock

1

2

2

1

1

2

Transmission error: indoor unit

→ main PCB of outdoor.

DC peak

Overcurrent of inverter comp.

When the addressing signal doesn't come out for 3mins. suddenly, while the indoor unit gets the calling signal coming from the outdoor unit,

IPM fault or overcurrent to compressor

Overcurrent flows to inverter compressor

2

2

3

4

Poor voltage charge for driving

INV compressor

High pressure switch of main outdoor unit

Low/Over voltage

DC charging is not performed after starting relay turn on

System is off by high pressure switch

2

5

Input voltage is out of tolerable range.

3

3

3

3

2

3

4

5

Discharge temperature of main outdoor unit (INV compressor)

Discharge temperature of main outdoor unit (constant speed compressor)

System is off due to rising of INV compressor discharge temperature

System is off due to rising of constant speed compressor discharge temperature

High pressure of main outdoor unit System is off by excessive increase of high pressure of main outdoor unit

Low pressure of main outdoor unit System is off by excessive decrease of low pressure of main outdoor unit

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 254 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Self-diagnosis function

4

Display

0

4 1

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Title

Current sensor of inverter compressor

Discharge temperature sensor of inverter compressor

Low pressure sensor of main outdoor unit

High pressure sensor of main outdoor unit

Air temperature sensor of main outdoor unit

Temperature sensor of front-side heat exchanger

Suction temperature sensor of main outdoor unit

Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor of main outdoor unit

Temperature sensor of rear-side heat exchanger

Cause of Error

Current sensor of inverter compressor is open or short

Discharge temperature sensor of inverter compressor is open or short

Low pressure sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short

High pressure sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short

Air temperature sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short

Temperature sensor of front-side heat exchanger is open or short

Suction temperature sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short

Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor of main outdoor unit is open or short

Temperature sensor of rear-side heat exchanger is open or short

5

Excessive connection of indoor units compared to capacity of outdoor unit

Failing to receive inverter signal at main PCB

5

5

5

5

6

1

Excessive capacity of indoor units

2

3

4

7

2

Transmission error : inverter PCB

➡ main PCB

Transmission error : indoor unit

➡ main PCB of outdoor unit

Reverse connection of R, S, T power of main outdoor unit

Transmission error : main PCB

➡ inverter PCB

Overheat of inverter heatsink

Failing to receive indoor unit signal at main PCB of outdoor unit

Reverse connection or omitting connection of R, S, T power of main outdoor unit

Failing to receive main PCB signal at inverter PCB

Overheat of inverter heatsink

6 5

Temperature sensor of fan

Temperature sensor of fan is open or short

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 255 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Self-diagnosis function

1

1

1

1

Display

0

0

0

0

0

1

2

3

1 0 4

1 0 5

1 0 6

1 0 7

1 0 8

1 0 9

1 1 0

1 1 1

1 1 3

1 1 4

1 1 5

1 1 6

1 1 7

1 1 8

1 2 0

1 2 1

1 2 2

1 2 3

Title

Discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 1 of sub1 outdoor unit

Discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 2 of sub1 outdoor unit

Discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 1 of sub2 outdoor unit

Discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 2 of sub2 outdoor unit

Transmission error : sub1 outdoor unit

➡ main outdoor unit

Transmission error : fan PCB

➡ main

PCB

Over-current of fan motor (IPM fault)

Low voltage of fan motor driver

Transmission error : main PCB

➡ fan

PCB

High pressure switch of sub1 outdoor unit

Reverse connection of R, S, T power of sub1 outdoor unit

Transmission error : main outdoor unit

➡ sub1 outdoor unit

High pressure switch of sub1 outdoor unit is operated by high pressure rising

Reverse connection or omitting connection of R, S, T power of sub1 outdoor unit

Failing to receive main signal at main PCB of sub1 outdoor unit

Cause of Error

System is off by excessive increase of discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 1 of sub1 outdoor unit

System is off by excessive increase of discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 2 of sub1 outdoor unit

System is off by excessive increase of discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 1 of sub2 outdoor unit

System is off by excessive increase of discharge temperature of constant speed compressor 2 of sub2 outdoor unit

Failing to receive sub1 signal at main PCB of main outdoor unit

Failing to receive fan signal at main PCB

Over-current of fan motor (IPM fault)

Low voltage of fan motor driver

Failing to receive main signal at fan PCB

Liquid pipe temperature sensor of main outdoor unit

Subcooling inlet temperature sensor of main outdoor unit

Subcooling outlet temperature sensor of main outdoor unit

High pressure sensor of sub1 outdoor unit

Low pressure sensor of sub1 outdoor unit

Air temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit

Suction temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit

Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 1 of sub1 outdoor unit

Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 2 of sub1 outdoor unit

Temperature sensor of front-side heat exchanger of sub1 outdoor unit

Liquid pipe temperature sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short

Subcooling inlet temperature sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short

Subcooling outlet temperature sensor of main outdoor unit is open or short

High pressure sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short

Low pressure sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short

Air temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short

Suction temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short

Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 1 of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short

Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 2 of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short

Temperature sensor of front-side heat exchanger of sub1 unit is open or short

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 256 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Self-diagnosis function

Display

1 2 4

1 2 5

1 2 6

1 2 7

1 2 8

1 2 9

1 3 0

1 3 2

1 3 3

1 3 4

1 3 5

1 3 6

1 3 7

1 3 8

1 3 9

1 4 0

1 4 1

1 4 2

1 4 3

1 4 4

1 4 5

1 4 6

1 4 7

Title

Temperature sensor of rear-side heat exchanger of sub1 outdoor unit

Cause of Error

Temperature sensor of rear-side heat exchanger of sub1 unit is open or short

Liquid pipe temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit

Subcooling inlet temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit

Subcooling outlet temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit

High pressure sensor of sub2 outdoor unit

Liquid pipe temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short

Subcooling inlet temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short

Subcooling outlet temperature sensor of sub1 outdoor unit is open or short

High pressure sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short

Low pressure sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short Low pressure sensor of sub2 outdoor unit

Air temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit

Suction temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit

Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 1 of sub2 outdoor unit

Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 2 of sub2 outdoor unit

Temperature sensor of front-side heat exchanger of sub2 outdoor unit

Temperature sensor of rear-side heat exchanger of sub2 outdoor unit

Air temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short

Suction temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short

Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 1 of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short

Discharge temperature sensor of the constant speed compressor 2 of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short

Temperature sensor of front-side heat exchanger of sub2 unit is open or short

Temperature sensor of rear-side heat exchanger of sub2 unit is open or short

Liquid pipe temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit

Subcooling inlet temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit

Subcooling outlet temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit

High pressure sensor of sub2 outdoor unit

Liquid pipe temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short

Subcooling inlet temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short

Subcooling outlet temperature sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short

High pressure sensor of sub2 outdoor unit is open or short

Reverse connection of R, S, T power of sub2 outdoor unit

Transmission error : main outdoor unit

➡ sub1 outdoor unit

High pressure of sub1 outdoor unit

Low pressure of sub1 outdoor unit

High pressure of sub2 outdoor unit

Low pressure of sub2 outdoor unit

Low/high voltage of sub1 outdoor unit

Reverse connection or omitting connection of R, S, T power of sub2 outdoor unit

Failing to receive main signal at main PCB of sub2 outdoor unit

System is off by excessive increase of high pressure of sub1 outdoor unit

System is off by excessive decrease of low pressure of sub1 outdoor unit

System is off by excessive increase of high pressure of sub2 outdoor unit

System is off by excessive decrease of low pressure of sub2 outdoor unit

Input voltage of sub1 outdoor unit is more than 487V or less than 270V

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 257 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Self-diagnosis function

1 4 8

1 4 9

1

1

1 7 3

1 7 4

1 7 5

1 7 6

1 7 7

1 7 8

1 7 9

2 0 0

2 0 1

2 0 2

2 0 3

2

2 0 5

2 0 6

2 0 7

2 0 8

2 0 9

2 1 0

2 1 1

2 1 2

2 1 3

2 1 4

2 1 5

2

2 1 7

2 1 8

2 1 9

2

Display

0

1

2

4

6

0

2 2 1

2 2 2

2 2 3

2

2

5

5

2

2

0

1

4

5

Title

Voltage detection circuit of sub1 outdoor unit

Low/high voltage of sub2 outdoor unit

Cause of Error

Voltage detection circuit of sub1 outdoor unit is out of order

Voltage detection circuit of sub2 outdoor unit

Failure of operation mode conversion

Failure of Main constant speed compressor operation

Failure of Sub1 constant speed compressor1 operation

Failure of Sub1 constant speed compressor2 operation

Failure of Sub2 constant speed compressor1 operation

Failure of Sub2 constant speed compressor2 operation

Failure of Sub3 constant speed compressor1 operation

Failure of Sub3 constant speed compressor2 operation

Automatic addressing of valves

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 1

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 1

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 1

Transmission error : HR unit 1

→ outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 2

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 2

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 2

Transmission error : HR unit 2

→ outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 3

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 3

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 3

Transmission error : HR unit 3

→ outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 4

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 4

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 4

Transmission error : HR unit 4

→ outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 5

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 5

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 5

Transmission error: HR unit 5

→ outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 6

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 6

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 6

Transmission error: HR unit 6

→ outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 7

Input voltage of sub2 outdoor unit is more than 487V or less than 270V

Voltage detection circuit of sub2 outdoor unit is out of order

Pressure unbalance between outdoor units

Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown

Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown

Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown

Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown

Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown

Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown

Comp locking, Check Valve leakage, comp dielectric breakdown

Failure of automatic addressing of valves

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 1 is open or short

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 1 is open or short

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 1 is open or short

Failing to receive HR unit 1 signal at outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 2 is open or short

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 2 is open or short

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 2 is open or short

Failing to receive HR unit 2 signal at outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 3 is open or short

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 3 is open or short

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 3 is open or short

Failing to receive HR unit 3 signal at outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 4 is open or short

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 4 is open or short

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 4 is open or short

Failing to receive HR unit 4 signal at outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 5 is open or short

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 5 is open or short

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 5 is open or short

Failling to receive HR unit 5 signal at outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 6 is open or short

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 6 is open or short

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 6 is open or short

Failling to receive HR unit 6 signal at outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 7 is open or short

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 258 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Self-diagnosis function

Display

2 2 6

2 2 7

2 2 8

2 2 9

2 3 0

2 3 1

Title

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 7

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 7

Transmission error: HR unit 7

→ outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 8

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 8

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 8

Cause of Error

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 7 is open or short

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 7 is open or short

Failling to receive HR unit 7 signal at outdoor unit

Liquid pipe sensor of HR unit 8 is open or short

Inlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 8 is open or short

Outlet sensor of subcooler of HR unit 8 is open or short

Please refer to trouble shooting guide in service manual for each error title

CAUTION

In case that the control box is opened and before checking electrical parts, it should be checked that the LED 01Y turned off (wait 3 minutes after main power OFF), otherwise, it may cause electrical shock.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 259 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

01 Indoor unit air sensor error

02 Indoor unit pipe inlet sensor error

06 Indoor unit pipe outlet sensor error

Indoor unit sensor is open/short

1. Indoor unit PCB wrong connection

2. Indoor unit PCB failure

3. Sensor problem (main reason)

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is sensor properly connected to PCB?

Yes

Is the resistance value of sensor normal?*

Yes

Change the PCB

No

No

Connect properly to PCB

Change the sensor

** In case the value is more than 100k

(open) or less than 100

(short), Error occurs

Refer: Resistance value maybe change according to temperature of temp sensor,

It shows according to criteria of current temperature(±5% margin)

Normal

Air temp sensor: 10°C = 20.7k

: 25°C= 10k

: 50°C= 3.4k

Pipe temp sensor: 10°C = 10k

: 25°C= 5k

: 50°C= 1.8k

CN-ROOM :

Indoor air temp sensor

CN-PIPE2 :

Pipe outlet temp sensor

CN-PIPE1 :

Pipe inlet temp sensor

Measure the resistance of outlet pipe temp sensor.

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 260 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

03 No transmission between cabled remote controller & indoor unit

The remote controller did not receive the signal from indoor unit during specific time

1. Remote controller fault

2. Indoor unit PCB fault

3. Connector fault, Wrong connection

4. transmission cable problem

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Does the error happens again if the remote controller is replaced?*

Yes

No

Replace cabled remote

controller

Does the error occurred when the cable of remote controller is replaced?

Yes

No

Check connection & transmission cable **

Replace indoor unit PCB ***

* If there is no remote controller to replace : Use another unit’s remote controller doing well

** Check cable : Contact failure of connected portion or extension of cable are main cause

Check any surrounded noise ( check the distance with main power cable)

➔ make safe distance from the devices generate electromagnetic wave

*** After replacing indoor unit PCB, do Auto Addressing & input unit’s address if connected to central controller.

(All the indoor units connected should be turned on before Auto Addressing

CN-REMO

: Remote controller connection

The PCB can differ from model to model.

Check from the right source.

Checking transmission cable connection status

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 261 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

04 Drain pump error

Float switch is open due to rising of condensate water level because of drain pump fault or drain pipe clogging

1. Drain pump/float switch fault

2. Improper drain pipe location, clogging of drain pipe

3. Indoor unit PCB fault

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is the drain pan filled half with condensate water? (half level of float switch)*

Yes

No

Replace float switch

Is drain pump working?

(Sound/drain noise/ contact etc.)

Yes

No

Is Float switch short

On measuring its resistance?

Yes

Replace Indoor PCB or reconnect the connector

No

In indoor unit PCB

Does the terminal voltage for drain pump has

220V output?**

Yes

No

Replace Drain Pump

Replace indoor unit PCB

Drain pump blocked by foreign particles?

Yes

No

Check the drain head height and slope***

Checking float switch

(Low position ➠ short 0 o

Remove it & clean the pump

* If the float goes up higher than a half of float switch then the circuit is open & the unit is stopped automatically.

float

(High position

Open)

Condensate water

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 262 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

float

A:Point to check rotating

*** Indoor PCB drain pump connector

(Check input of 220V)

(Marked as

CN-DPUMP)

Float switch connector

Float switch Housing (

CN-FLOAT

)

[***] Standard of drain pipe head height / slope

MAX 450

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 263 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

05

Indoor & Outdoor unit transmission error

No signal transmission between indoor & outdoor units.

1. Auto addressing is not done

2. transmission cable is not connected

3. Short circuit of transmission cable

4. Indoor unit transmission circuit fault

5. Outdoor unit transmission circuit fault

6. Not enough distance between power and transmission cable?

7. Is the fuse for main PCB power of outdoor unit burnt out?

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

No

Is total number of indoor units connected displayed after auto addressing?

No

Replace the PCB of indoor unit displayed error

Does all indoor show this error code CH05?

Re-connect after check the transmission cable of indoor unit displayed error**

Yes

END

Is outdoor PCB LED flickering?

No Is not the power supplied at main terminal block of outdoor unit ?

No

Replace outdoor PCB after checking

Replace TRANS after checking

Yes

Yes

Replace main PCB fuse after checking

Is main circuit breaker off?

No

Check the insulation of inverter

/ constant compressor and then replace it

Yes

Replace after capacity of main circuit breaker?

Bad connection of power supply cable

If nothing goes wrong,

Turn on main circuit breaker

Main power supply problem

Check if the transmission cable is properly connected to indoor / outdoor terminal block?*

No

Re connect transmission cable

Outdoor PCB fault

Replace after checking

Yes

Indoor PCB fault

Replace after checking

* If the DC voltage between transmission terminal A, B

of outdoor unit is fluctuate within (-9V~+9V) then

transmission from indoor unit is normal

* If the DC voltage between transmission terminal A, B

of indoor unit is fluctuate within (-9V~+9V) then

transmission from outdoor unit is normal

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 264 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point

06

Indoor unit outlet pipe temperature sensor error

Indoor unit outlet pipe temperature sensor open or short

Refer to CH02

Main Reasons

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

07

All Indoor units are not running in same mode

The Indoor units started later are operated in different mode from earlier one.

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

1. Indoor units are in different mode

2. PCB fault

3. cabled remote controller fault

Is operation mode of outdoor & Indoor units same?

Yes

No

Is error code disappeared after set operation mode same?**

Yes

END

No

Replace Indoor PCB***

Adjust outdoor main PCB dip switch setting *

* Outdoor main PCB dip switch no.5 (Cooling) or no.6 (heating) is in On, different mode operation error may be occurred because the operation mode is fixed by dip switch setting.

** Dissolution method CH07 with remote controller

1) Error removal method : Turn off remote controller by pressing the On/Off button on the cabled remote controller.

The error code will be removed automatically after a few seconds.

With cableless remote controller: Turn off indoor unit, and turn on with the other operation mode the error will disappeared

2) Immediately change the operation mode after the pressing the On/Off button .

The same operation mode as in the indoor unit started at first other than the defective unit mode (heating /cooling)

*** After replacing the indoor unit PCB, it should be done to do Auto addressing and input the address of central control

Error

No.

Error Type

09

Indoor unit EEPROM error

Error Point Main Reasons

Problem in EEPROM inside Indoor PCB ASS’Y

EEPROM

1. Error developed in transmission between the micro- processor and the EEPROM on the surface of the PCB.

2. ERROR due to the EEPROM damage

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

- Replace the indoor unit PCB, and then make sure to do Auto addressing and input the address of central control

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 265 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point

10

Indoor unit BLDC fan motor failure

Indoor BLDC fan motor feedback signal is absent

(for 50 sec.)

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is connector connection proper?

Yes

No

Connect properly

Main Reasons

1. Motor connector connection fault

2. Indoor PCB fault

3. Motor fault

Is fan motor normal?*

Yes

Replace indoor unit PCB **

No

Replace indoor unit fan motor

* It is normal when check hall sensor of indoor fan motor as shown below

1 4 5 6 7

Each termainl with the tester

Tester

+

1

5

6

7

-

4

4

4

4

Normal resistance(

±

10%)

TH chassis TD chassis

∞ ∞ hundreds k

Ω hundreds k

∞ ∞ hundreds k

Ω hundreds k

<Checking connection state of fan motor connector>

** Replace the indoor unit PCB, and then make sure to do Auto addressing and input the

address of central control

(Notice: The connection of motor connector to PCB should be done under no power

supplying to PCB)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 266 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

11

Indoor unit transmission error

Indoor unit doesn’t get signal from ODU for 3 minutes continuously

1. Indoor 485 transmission PCB fault

2. After PCB replacing, auto addressing was not done

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

After ODU main PCB reset, error code disappears?

Yes

No

After Auto addressing, error code disappears?

No

Yes

Replace indoor unit 485 transmission PCB

END

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 267 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

21 IPM fault of inverter compressor

Defective inverter compressor, Inverter element

(IPM) defect

1. Over current detection at the inverter compressor (U,V.W)

2. IPM overheating.

3. Insulation damage of the compressor / compressor motor damage

4. Low input voltage at the outdoor

5. Inverter compressor terminal disconnected or loose.

6. Inverter PCB / IPM PCB defect

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Are the resistance between each phase and insulation resistance of Inverter compressor normal ?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

Is inverter PCB of inverter compressor normal?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

Is IPM normal?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

Is capacitor normal?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

Is IPM SUB PCB normal? *

Yes

Is compressor lead cable connection normal?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

Does cooling fan of heat sink rotate normally?

Yes

Is magnetic switch

Normal?

Yes

Check main power and installation condition

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Replace inverter compressor

Replace inverter compressor PCB

Replace IPM

Replace capacitor

Replace IPM SUB PCB

Check / repair the connection

Replace radiation cooling fan

Replace Magnetic switch

* Check the soldering state

of IPM SUB PCB

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 268 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type

No

Error Point

Check input voltage & adjust

Main Reasons

22 Over current of inverter compressor

The current flowing at the

CT sensing circuit is more than the allowable maximum value of the current during cooling mode

1. Compressor damage

2. Current sensing sensor (CT) damage

3. Low input voltage

4. Compressor terminal is disconnected or loose

5. Abnormality at the outdoor / indoor unit fan

7. Cover or clogging(Outdoor unit covering during cooling mode/ Filter clogged at the indoor during heating mode )

8. Defective inverter PCB/IPM PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Are the resistance between each phase and insulation resistance of Inverter compressor normal ?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

No

Replace INV COMP

No

Is fuse normal?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

Is noise filter normal?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

No

Replace FUSE

Replace Noise Filter

Is input voltage of power supply normal? (Over 360V)

[refer electric component part]

Yes

Check whether the current measured at the R phase line passing through CT during operation is above 18A after reset?*

Yes

DC Link voltage is more than 460 V?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

No

No

Is it working normally

with 5~15A of CT current ?

Is CH 22 occurred?

Yes

Replace inverter compressor PCB

Capacitor/ 3phase Diode check & replace

[refer electric component part]

No

Check over charging of refrigerant or whether the filter is blocked of indoor unit (heating) / outdoor (cooling) or not

* measure the current passing

through CT by clamp meter

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 269 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

23

DC voltage charging for inverter compressor driving defect

Problem in DC charging voltage after starting relay turned on

1. Looseness of DC link terminal

2. Damage in starting relay

3. Capacitor damage

4. Defective sensing circuit of the inverter PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is noise filter and fuse normal?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

No

Replace Noise Filter or Fuse

Is capacitor normal?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

No

Replace Capacitor

Is the voltage of 3 phase diode more than maximum

270V?*

Yes

No

Check whether all the connections and terminals is normal and reconnect

Replace outdoor unit inverter PCB

* After indoor unit turned on and the compressor is not operated,

just before magnetic switch is turned on

the voltage between the 2 terminal as below is more than 270V

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 270 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

24

(Main)

109

(Sub1)

140

(Sub2)

154

(Sub3)

Excessive rise of discharge pressure in outdoor compressor

Compressor off due to the high pressure switch in outdoor unit

1. Defective high pressure switch

2. Defective fan of indoor unit or outdoor unit

3. Check valve of compressor clogged

4. Pipe distortion due to the pipe damage

5. Refrigerant overcharge

6. Defective LEV at the indoor or outdoor unit .

7. Covering or clogging(Outdoor covering during the cooling mode /Indoor unit filter clogging during the heating mode)

8. SVC valve clogging

9. Defective outdoor PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is high pressure switch connector connected

to PCB?*

Yes

No

Is high pressure switch connector short during off time?**

Yes

No

Connect securely

Is high pressure switch terminal short?***

No

Yes

Replace connecting cable

Replace high pressure switch

No

Is SVC valve open?

Yes

Is this error appeared again after reset?

Yes

No

Is high pressure more than 2500kPa at manifold gauge?

Yes

Is high pressure of

LGMV similar as at manifold gauge?

Yes

Check pipe is blocked or not and take measure

No

No

Open SVC valve

Re-check momentary problem or not

Replace PCB

CH24 : inverter compressor PCB

CH109~154 : sub unit PCB

Replace high pressure sensor

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 271 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

* Connector location of high pressure switch at PCB

Inverter compressor PCB SUB outdoor unit PCB

** Checking short or not at connector of high

pressure switch

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 272 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

25(Main)

147(Sub1)

149(Sub2)

Low / over voltage of main

PCB input

171(Sub3)

The power supply input voltage tolerance is more or less than allowable standard

1. Input voltage is abnormal(T-N)

2. Outdoor unit main PCB defect

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is input voltage of main

PCB (T-N) 190V~250V ?*

No

Yes

Replace main PCB

Check input power from building is supplied correctly or not

* Check voltage at outdoor T/Block(220V)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 273 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

32(Main)

Over-increase discharge temperature of inverter compressor at main outdoor unit

Compressor is off because of over-increase discharge temperature of inverter compressor

1. Temperature sensor defect of inverter compressor discharge pipe

2. Refrigerant shortage / leak

3. LEV defect

4. Liquid injection valve defect

33 (Main)

100,101

(Sub1)

102,103

(Sub2)

152,153

(Sub3)

Over-increase discharge temperature of constant compressor at main constant outdoor and sub constant outdoor unit

Compressor is off because of over-increase discharge temperature of constant compressor at main and sub outdoor unit

1. Temperature sensor defect of constant compressor discharge pipe?

2. Refrigerant shortage/leak

3. LEV defect

4. Liquid injection valve defect

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is the amount of refrigerant normal?

[refer refrigerant part]

Yes

No

Is there pipe crack or trace of leakage?

Yes

Weld / reconnect the cracked portion and recharge refrigerant

No

Change the amount of refrigerant

(Charge additive amount)

Is the resistance of discharge temperature sensor normal?*

Yes

No

Replace discharge temperature sensor

* Resistance value of discharge temperature sensor

10

°

C = 362k

, 25

°

C= 200k

, 50

°

C= 82k

, 100

°

C= 18.5k

Is LEV in outdoor unit normal at heating operation?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

Does liquid injection corresponded operate normally?

Yes

No

No

Replace outdoor unit LEV

Check liquid injection corresponded

Is there pipe

(strainer etc.) clogging?

Yes

No

Check another components and operation conditions

/ Take measures

Replace strainer

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 274 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

34

(Main)

143

(Sub1)

145

(Sub2)

169

(Sub3)

Over-increase of discharge pressure of compressor

Error happens because of 3 times successive compressor off due to overincrease of high pressure by high pressure sensor

1. Defect of high pressure sensor

2. Defect of indoor or outdoor unit fan

3. Deformation because of damage of refrigerant pipe

4. Over-charged refrigerant

5. Defective indoor / outdoor unit LEV

6. When blocked

- Outdoor unit is blocked during cooling

- Indoor unit filter is blocked during heating

7. SVC valve is clogged

8. PCB defect of outdoor unit

10. Indoor unit pipe temperature sensor defect

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

No

Is service valve opened ?

Open service valve

Yes

Are transmission cable / pipe connection normal?

Yes

Is refrigerant amount normal?

[refer refrigerant part]

Yes

No

No

Check and repair transmission cable / pipe connection

Adjust refrigerant amount

Is fan normal?

(Indoor fan during heating

Outdoor fan during cooling)

Yes

Is filter blocked

(Heating:indoor,

Cooling:outdoor

heat exchanger)?

Yes

No

No

Replace related parts

(Refer to Error 105~108)

Clean indoor filter (heating)

/outdoor heat exchanger (cooling)?

Is value of high pressure

sensor same as Manifold value(Is it high actually)?

Yes

No

Check indoor unit LEV

Check indoor unit PCB

Check in/outdoor installation condition

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

Replace sensor of high pressure

- 275 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

35

(Main)

144

(Sub1)

146

(Sub2)

170

(Sub3)

Excessive drop of discharge pressure of compressor

Error happens because of 3 times successive compressor off due to excessive drop of low pressure by the low pressure sensor

1. Defective low pressure sensor

2. Defective outdoor/indoor unit fan

3. Refrigerant shortage/leakage

4. Deformation because of damage of refrigerant pipe

5. Defective indoor / outdoor unit LEV

6. Covering / clogging

(outdoor unit covering during the cooling mode/ indoor unit filter clogging during heating mode)

7. SVC valve clogging

8. Defective outdoor unit PCB

9. Defective indoor unit pipe sensor

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is service valve opened?

Yes

Open service valve

No

Are transmission cable/ piping normal?

Yes check transmission/ piping correction.

Is amount of refrigerant normal?

[refer refrigerant part]

Yes

No

Is there pipe crack or trace of refrigerant leakage?

Yes

Weld / reconnect the cracked portion and recharge refrigerant

No

Check and replace related parts

(error 105~108 reference)

Adjust the amount of refrigerant (Additive charge)

Is fan normal?

(in heating outdoor fan, in cooling indoor fan)

Yes

Is strainer Ok?*

Yes

No

No

Replace the strainer

Are the values of manifold and low pressure sensor same?

( Is the low pressure value actually low?)

No

Replace the pressure sensor

Yes

Check indoor / outdoor unit LEV

Check Indoor unit PCB

Check indoor / outdoor unit installation conditions

* If the temperature difference between inlet and outlet of strainer

is so large that frost or ice formation can be seen or confirmed

then clogging of strainer should be checked

(Notice: it is not full ice forming of strainer, in case that there is

not at inlet portion but at outlet portion)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 276 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

40 Low current at CT

While inverter compressor operation R phase current drops below 2A

1. Fuse failure

2. Defective noise filter

3. R phase connection problem

4. CT sensor failure (inverter PCB failure)ure)

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is the fuse normal?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

No

Replace the fuse

Is noise filter normal?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

No

Replace noise filter

After reset and restart the system, is CT value (R phase current) actually less than 2A?*

Yes

No

Check connection state of

R phase cable and reconnect

Replace Inverter PCB

* Measure the R phase current with clamp meter

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 277 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

41 (Main inverter compressor)

47 (Main constant compressor)

121 (Sub1 constant compressor 1)

122 (Sub1 constant compressor 2)

133 (Sub2 constant compressor 1)

134 (Sub2 constant compressor 2)

162 (Sub3 constant compressor 1)

163 (Sub3 constant compressor 2)

Compressor discharge pipe temperature sensor error

Sensor measurement valve is abnormal

(Open/Short)

1. Defective connection of the compressor discharge pipe temperature sensor

2. Defective discharge pipe compressor sensor of the compressor (open/short)

3. Defective outdoor PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Sensor connection to PCB

is normal?

Yes

No

Insert sensor connector to PCB properly

Is the resistance of sensor normal?*

Yes

No

Is sensor resistance value same as temperature

value of LGMV?

Yes

No

Replace sensor

Replace corresponding outdoor PCB

Replace corresponding sensor

* Error is generated if the resistance is more than 5M

(open) and less than 2k

(short)

Note: Standard values of resistance of sensors at different temperatures (

±

5% variation)

10

°

C = 362k

: 25

°

C= 200k

: 50

°

C= 82k

: 100

°

C= 18.5k

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

Check the resistance inverter compressor discharge temperature sensor

Check the resistance of constant compressor discharge temperature sensor

- 278 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type

42 (Main)

117 (Sub1)

129 (Sub2)

158 (Sub3)

Sensor error of low pressure

43 (Main)

116 (Sub1)

128 (Sub2)

157 (Sub3)

Sensor error of high pressure

Error Point

Abnormal value of sensor

(Open/Short)

Abnormal value of sensor

(Open/Short)

Main Reasons

1. Bad connection of low pressure connector

2. Defect of low pressure connector (Open/Short)

3. Defect of outdoor PCB

1. Bad connection of high pressure connector

2. Defect of high pressure connector (Open/Short)

3. Defect of outdoor PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

No

Is sensor connected

to PCB correctly?

Yes

Connect sensor to PCB correctly

After replacement of outdoor unit main PCB is the system normal?

Yes

No

Replace corresponding pressure sensor

END

High pressure sensor

Low pressure sensor

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 279 -

Pressure sensor connection on main PCB

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

44 (Main)

118 (Sub1)

130 (Sub2)

159 (Sub3)

Sensor error of outdoor air temperature

Abnormal value of sensor (Open/Short)

1. Bad connection of air temperature connector

2. Defect of air temperature connector(Open/Short)

3. Defect of outdoor PCB

45 (Main H/E A)

48 (Main H/E B)

123 (Sub1 H/E A)

124 (Sub1 H/E B)

135 (Sub2 H/E A)

136 (Sub2 H/E B)

164 (Sub3 H/E A)

165 (Sub3 H/E B)

Piping temperature sensor error of heat exchanger in main & sub outdoor unit heat exchanger

(A,B)

Abnormal value of sensor

(Open/Short)

1. Bad connection of air temperature connector

2. Defect of air temperature connector(Open/Short)

3. Defect of outdoor PCB

46 (Main)

120 (Sub1)

132 (Sub2)

161 (Sub3)

Compressor suction temperature sensor error

Abnormal value of sensor (Open/Short)

1. Bad connection of air temperature connector

2. Defect of air temperature connector(Open/Short)

3. Defect of outdoor PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

No

Is sensor connected

to PCB correctly??

Yes

Connect sensor to PCB correctly

Is sensor value correct?*

No

Replace sensor

Yes

Replace corresponding outdoor unit PCB

Error No.

* If value is 100k

Ω ↑

(open) or 100

Ω↓

(short), error occurs

NB: Resistance value of temperature sensor change according to

temperature

It is normal if value shown as below (

±

5% error)

Sensor of air temperature: 10

°

C = 20.7k

: 25

°

C= 10k

: 50

°

C= 3.4k

Sensor of piping temperature: 10

°

C = 10k

: 25

°

C= 5k

: 50

°

C= 1.8k

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

47

(constant compressor of main outdoor unit)

Discharge piping temperature sensor error of constant compressor (Main unit)

Abnormal value of sensor (Open/Short)

48

(Heat exchanger B)

Piping temperature sensor error of heat exchanger in main

& sub outdoor unit heat exchanger (B)

Abnormal value of sensor (Open/Short)

Refer to CH41

Refer to CH45

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 280 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

51

Over-Capacity

(Sum of indoor unit capacity is more than outdoor capacity)

Sum of indoor unit capacity exceed outdoor unit capacity specification

1. 130% more than outdoor unit rated capacity

2. Wrong connection of transmission cable/piping

3. Control error of sub outdoor unit DIP switch

4. Power supply defect of Sub unit PCB

5. Defect of outdoor unit PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is capacity sum of indoor units less than

130% of outdoor unit capacity at LGMV?

Yes

No

Are quantity and capacity of indoor units installed same as the data of LGMV?

Yes

Adjust the capacity of indoor and outdoor unit

No

Check transmission cables between indoor and outdoor units

Is SUB DIP switch

5(SUB1), 6(SUB2)

ON?

Yes

Is power of SUB PCB

On? (Check LED blinking)

Yes

No

No

Adjust corresponding DIP switch

Is main power really supplied?

(Terminal Block T-N)

Yes

Check and replace PCB,

Line Fuse, Transformer

No

Supply main power again

Is transmission cables between outdoor units connected correctly?*

Yes

No

Re-connect

Is error code released in order(Sub2

Sub1

Main) after power reset?

Yes

No

End

* In order to check transmission

cables between outdoor units,

check in order as below

: PCB connectors

terminal block

transmission cables

Replace Main or Sub PCB

1

2

1

2

3

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 281 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

52

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

Transmission error between

(Inverter PCB

Main PCB)

Main controller can’t receive signal from inverter controller

1. Power cable or transmission cable is not connected

2. Defect of outdoor Main fuse/Noise Filter

3. Defect of outdoor Main / inverter PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is transmission

LED (Yellow) of inverter compressor

PCB on?

Yes

No

Is noise filter or fuse normal?

Yes

No

Replace noise filter or fuse

Replace inverter compressor PCB

Is transmission cable connected correctly?

Yes

No

Is MAIN PCB normal?

No

Yes

Re-connect transmission cable

Replace MAIN PCB

Replace inverter compressor PCB

* The method of checking MAIN PCB and inverter compressor PCB (If normal, transmission LED blinks)

Transmission connector & LED in MAIN PCB Transmission connector & LED in inverter compressor PCB

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 282 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

53

Transmission error

(Indoor unit

Main PCB)

In case Main PCB can’t receive signal from indoor unit

1. Transmission cables are not connected

2. Transmission cables are short / open

3. Defect of outdoor Main / indoor PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Are quantity of indoor units installed same as the data of LGMV?

Yes

No

Is indoor unit quantity correct after

Auto Addressing?

Yes

End

No

Is power supplied to indoor units?

Yes

No

Supply power

Replace indoor unit PCB or transmission PCB after check defected indoor

In case of CH53, almost happened with CH05, the indoor units not operated actually are normal so check with same method of CH05. and additionally check as shown as below and above flow chart

• Although the quantity of indoor units installed is same as LGMV data there may be a few indoor units with which the number of transmission is not increased with LGMV

• Although the quantity of indoor units installed is not same as LGMV data, and if transmission of the indoor unit displayed at LGMV is done well then the indoor unit suspected to have some problem (and is not appear at

LGMV) may have following problems

➀ wrong connection of transmission cable or power cable

➁ fault of power / PCB / transmission cable

➂ duplication of indoor unit number

• If transmission is not doing well wholly then the Auto Addressing is not done

• The case that CH53 appear at indoor unit also Auto Addressing is not done so indoor unit address may be duplicated

* After replacement of indoor unit PCB, Auto Addressing should be done, if central controller is installed then the central control address also should be input.

In case that only transmission PCB is replaced above process is not needed

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 283 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

54 (Main)

110 (Sub1)

141 (Sub2)

155 (Sub3)

Wrong connection of 3Ø power supply cable

(Reverse direction / missing a phase)

Wrong connection of 3Ø power supply cable

(Reverse direction / missing a phase)

1. Defect of inverter PCB

2. No power of R, S, T supplied

3. Wrong connection of R, S, T cables

4. Main fuse failure

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is connection and phase order of power cables to main / sub outdoor unit correct?*

Yes

No

Connect correctly

Is connection and phase order of power distribution panel correct?**

Yes

No

Connect power cables in distribution panel correctly

Is CH 54 occurred again after reset MAIN circuit breaker?

Yes

Is 3Ø Fuse normal?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

No

No

End

Replace Fuse

Check the diode of inverter

fan PCB and in case of fault replace inverter fan PCB

[refer electric component part]

Is noise filter normal?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

Replace inverter compressor

PCB(CH54),

SUB PCB(CH110,141,155)

No

Replace NOISE FILTER

* Check power cable connection state,

phase (R-S-T) order, power supply state

in control box of product

** Check power cable connection state, phase order, power

supply state in distribution panel

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 284 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

62

Heat sink over heat

Heat sink over heat

1. Defect of heat sink cooling fan

2. Defect of inverter compressor PCB

3. Loose connection of connector of cooling fan

4. Defect of temperature sensor of heat sink

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Does cooling fan rotate while compressor operation?

Yes

No

Is resistance value of cooling fan coil correct?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

No

Replace cooling fan

Replace main PCB

No

Is value of sensor resistance normal?*

Yes

Replace inverter fan PCB

Replace sensor

* Heat sink temperature sensor (

±

5% tolerance) : 10

°

C = 20.0k

: 25

°

C= 10.0k

: 50

°

C= 3.5k

: 85

°

C= 1.0k

Position of cooling fan drive connector in main PCB

Check DC 12V output during inverter compressor operation

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 285 -

Heat sink cooling fan

Heat sink temperature sensor connection

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

65

Heat sink temperature sensor error of inverter control PCB

Abnormal value of sensor

(Open/Short)

1. Loose connection of temperature sensor connector

2. Defect of temperature sensor (Open/Short)

3. Defect of Fan Main PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

No

Is sensor connected to PCB correctly?

Yes

Connect PCB to sensor

No

Is value of sensor resistance normal?*

Yes

Replace sensor

Replace inverter fan PCB

* If value is 100K

Ω ↑

(open) or 100

Ω ↓

(short), error occurs

NB: Resistance value of temperature sensor change according to temperature

It is normal if value shown as below (±5% error)

Heat sink sensor(±5% tolerance) : 10°C = 20.0K

: 25°C= 10.0K

: 50°C= 3.5K

: 85°C= 1.0K

Temperature sensor location of Heat sink Measure the resistance of heat sink temperature sensor

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 286 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

100,101 (Sub1)

102,103 (Sub2)

152,153 (Sub3)

Over-increase of constant compressor discharge temperature of Sub outdoor

Compressor is off because of

Over-increase of constant compressor discharge temperature of

Sub outdoor unit

Refer to CH33

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

104 (Main)

111 (Sub1)

142 (Sub2)

156 (Sub3)

Transmission error of outdoor each other

Transmission error of outdoor unit each other

104: Main outdoor unit can’t receive signal from Sub 1

111, 142, 156 : each Sub outdoor unit can’t receive signal from Main outdoor unit

1. Loose connection of power cables

/transmission cables (Open/Short)

2. Defect of each outdoor unit PCB

3. Defect of PCB power fuse / transformer

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Does transmission LED

(Red) of corresponding

Sub PCB blinks? [refer electric component part]

No

Yes

Is PCB input power of transformer, PCB power fuse normal? [refer electric component part]

Yes

No

Check and replace corresponding parts/

Input power

Replace related SUB PCB

Is transmission cables of outdoors connected correctly? [refer electric component part]

Yes

No

Re-connect transmission cables

Replace MAIN PCB

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 287 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

105

Transmission error between outdoor unit Main PCB and fan Main PCB

Transmission error between outdoor Main PCB and fan

Main PCB (Fan

➔ outdoor main)

1. Loose connection of transmission cables

2. Transmission cables are open/sort

3. Defect of outdoor PCB

4. Defect of fan Main PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is transmission LED

(yellow) of inverter fan

PCB on?*

No

Is noise filter or fuse normal ? [refer electric component part]

Yes

No

Replace noise filter or fuse

Yes

Replace inverter fan PCB

Are transmission cables of Main PCB / Fan PCB connected normally?

No

Yes

Re-connect transmission cables

Is green LED of

Main PCB blinks?**

No

Yes

Replace inverter fan PCB

Replace Main PCB

** Location of inverter transmission connector of

Main PCB and LED

* Location of PCB transmission connector of

Inverter FAN and LED

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 288 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

106

Over current of Main outdoor fan motor (inverter fan

IPM fault)

Over current of Main outdoor fan motor

1. Bad connection of fan motor connector

2. Defect of fan Motor.

3. Defect of heat sink cooling fan

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is there some distance between power cable and transmission cable?

Yes

No

Make some distance between power cable and transmission cable*

Is inverter fan IPM PCB normal? [refer electric component part]

Yes

Is inverter fan PCB

Normal? [refer electric component part]

Yes

Is inverter fan motor

Normal? [refer electric component part]

Yes

No

No

No

Replace inverter fan IPM PCB

Replace inverter fan PCB

Replace inverter fan motor

Adjust connection after check PWM signal cables

[refer electric component part]

* The dashed line(---) in above flow chart is only applicable for Multi V Space

** position of inverter fan motor connector

Inverter fan main PCB

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 289 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

107

DC voltage charging failure of inverter fan motor drive

Low voltage of Main outdoor fan motor

1. Bad connection of voltage lead cable of main PCB DC link

2. Defect of fan main PCB Capacitor

3. Defect of fan PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

No

Is DC LINK cable

Normal?*

Yes

Adjust DC LINK cables

Replace inverter fan PCB

* Location of fan DC link connector

Inverter fan main PCB Inverter fan IPM PCB

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 290 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

108

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

Transmission error between main PCB and the Fan PCB

Transmission error between main

PCB and the Fan PCB (Fan

➔ outdoor, outdoor

Fan)

Refer to CH105

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

109

(Sub1)

Excessive rise of high pressure in outdoor unit

Compressor Off due to the high pressure switch in outdoor unit

Refer to CH24

Error No.

Error Type Error Point

110

(Sub1)

Outdoor 3 phase power supply problem(Reverse phase /

No power in 1 or 2 phase)

Wrong connection of 3 phase power cable (Reverse phase /

Phase omission)

Main Reasons

Refer to CH54

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

111

(Sub1)

Transmission error between outdoor units

104

➔ transmission error between the outdoor units (Main outdoor unit is not receiving signal from

Sub units)

147, 149, 171

Sub outdoor units are not receiving signal from Main outdoor unit

Refer to CH104

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 291 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

Error Type

113 (Main)

125 (Sub1)

137 (Sub2)

166 (Sub3)

Outdoor unit liquid pipe

(condenser) temperature sensor error

Error Point Main Reasons

Abnormal sensor resistance value

(Open/Short)

1. Defective temperature sensor connection

2. Defective temperature sensor

(Open / Short)

3. Defective outdoor unit PCB

Error No.

Error Type

Replace sensor

Error Point Main Reasons

114 (Main sub-cool inlet)

115 (Main sub-cool outlet)

126 (Sub1 sub-cool inlet)

127 (Sub1 sub-cool outlet)

138 (Sub2 sub-cool inlet)

139 (Sub2 sub-cool outlet)

167 Sub3 sub-cool inlet)

168 (Sub3 sub-cool outlet)

Outdoor unit sub-cooling inlet / outlet temperature sensor error

Abnormal sensor resistance value

(Open/Short)

1. Defective temperature sensor connecter connection

2. Defective temperature sensor

(Open/Short)

3. Defective outdoor PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is temperature sensor connector connections

are normal?

Yes

No

Check and correct connection

Is the value of temperature sensor resistance normal?*

Yes

No

Replace outdoor unit PCB

* Sensor resistance 100 k

Ω over (open) or 100

Ω below (short) will generate error

Note: Temperate sensor resistance vary with temperature, So compare temperature sensor resistance value according to outdoor unit temperature by referring below table (±5% tolerance)

Air temperature sensor: 10°C = 20.7k

: 25°C = 10k

: 50°C= 3.4k

Pipe temperature sensor: 10°C = 10k

: 25°C = 5k

: 50°C= 1.8k

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 292 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Error No.

116

(Sub1)

Error Type

High pressure sensor

Error No.

117

(Sub1)

Error Type

Low pressure sensor

Troubleshooting Guide

Error Point

Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open / Short)

Refer CH43

Main Reasons

Error Point Main Reasons

Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open/Short)

Refer to CH42

Error No.

118

(Sub1)

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

Outdoor unit air temperature sensor error

Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open / Short)

Refer to CH44

Error No.

120

(Sub1)

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

Compressor suction pipe temperature sensor error

Sensor measured of resistance value is abnormal (Open/Short)

Refer to CH46

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

121

(Sub1 constantcompressor 1)

122

(Sub1 constant compressor 2)

Compressor discharge pipe temperature sensor error

Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open/Short)

Refer to CH41

Error No.

Error Type

123 (Sub1 HEX A)

124 (Sub1 HEX B)

Sub outdoor unit heat exchanger (A,B) pipe sensor error.

Error Point Main Reasons

Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open/Short)

Refer to CH45

Error No.

125

(Sub1)

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

Outdoor liquid pipe (condenser) sensor error

Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open/Short)

Refer to CH113

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 293 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

126 (Sub1 Subcool inlet)

127(Sub1 Subcool outlet)

Outdoor unit sub-cool inlet / outlet sensor error

Sensor measured value of resistance is abnormal (Open/Short)

Refer to CH114

Error No.

128

(Sub2)

Error Type

High pressure sensor error

Error Point Main Reasons

Sensor measured value is abnormal (Open/Short)

Refer to CH43

Main Reasons

Refer to CH42

Error No.

129

(Sub2)

Error Type

Low pressure sensor error

Error Point

Sensor measured value is abnormal (Open/Short)

Error No.

130

(Sub2)

Error Type Error Point

Outdoor unit air temperature sensor error

Sensor measured value is abnormal (Open/Short)

Error No.

132

(Sub2)

Error Type Error Point

Compressor suction temperature sensor error

Sensor measured value is abnormal (Open/Short)

Main Reasons

Refer to CH44

Main Reasons

Refer to CH46

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

133 (Sub2 Const compressor1)

134 (Sub2 Const compressor2)

Compressor discharge pipe temperature sensor error

Sensor measured value is abnormal (Open/Short)

Refer to CH41

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

135

(Sub2 HEX A)

136

(Sub2 HEX B)

Sub Outdoor unit heat exchanger (A,B) pipe temperature sensor error

Sensor measured value is abnormal (Open/Short)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 294 -

Refer to CH45

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

140

(Sub2)

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

Excessive rise in outdoor high pressure

Compressor Off due to the high pressure switch in outdoor unit

Refer to CH24

Error No.

141

(Sub2)

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

Outdoor 3 phase power supply problem (Reverse phase / phase omission)

Wrong wiring at outdoor unit

(phase reversal / phase omission )

Refer to CH54

Error No.

142

(Sub2)

Error Type

Transmission error between outdoor units

Error Point Main Reasons

Transmission error between outdoor units

104 (Main outdoor unit is not receiving sub outdoor unit s signals)

147, 149, 171 (Sub outdoor units are not receiving main unit signals)

Refer to CH104

Error No.

Error Type

143 (Sub1)

145 (Sub2)

Excessive rise in high pressure

Error Point

Compressor Off due to high pressure sensor

Main Reasons

Refer to CH34

Error No.

Error Type

144 (Sub1)

146 (Sub2)

Excessive drop in low pressure

Error Point Main Reasons

Compressor Off due to low pressure sensor

Refer to CH35

Error No.

147 (Sub1)

149 (Sub2)

Error Type

Low voltage/ High voltage

Error Point

1. Input Voltage in the installation region

= 3phase 380V±10%

2. Single Phase = 220 ±10%

Main Reasons

Refer to CH25

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

148 (Sub1)

150 (Sub2)

Outdoor voltage sensing error

Measured value is abnormal (Open/Short) Refer to CH49

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 295 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

151

Function error of outdoor

4way (reversing valve)

Function error of 4way

(reversing valve) in Main or

Sub outdoor units

1. Wrong operation of 4way valve because of sludge etc. inflow

2. No pressure difference because of compressor fault

3. Wrong installation of In/outdoor common pipe

4. Defect of 4way valve

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is 4-Way valve connecter connection are properly connected?

Yes

No

Is 4 Way valve coil resistance normal?*

Yes

No

Is 4 way valve coil connected

to 4 way valve normally?**

Yes

In case of more than

2 units, does main outdoor

ø

π than 2 units? ***

Yes

No

No

After reset, can we check supply voltage at PCB when starting heating mode operation****

Yes

No

No

Is compressor working normally?

Yes

After opposite mode operation to present mode, is the same error occurred again?

Yes

No

Reconnect it

Change 4 Way valve coil

Re-insert 4 way valve coil

Refer to CH 51 & make measure

Replace outdoor unit PCB

Check and replace compressor,

Magnet switch, corresponding PCB

[refer electric component part]

If the same error is occurred in near future replace 4way valve

Replace 4 way valve*****

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 296 -

LGE Internal Use Only

* Measure the resistance of 4way valve

Troubleshooting Guide

Location of 4way valve connector on

Main / Sub PCB (marked as 4way)

** Confirm the 4way valve coil is inserted to the end

*** When power is supplied in order as follow

(Sub2

Sub1

Main)

3 rd number indicates outdoor quantity at Main PCB

7-segment LED

- Outdoor unit 1set : 44-capacity(or 10)-..

- Outdoor unit 2set : 44-50-capacity(or 20)-..

- Outdoor unit 3set : 44-50-50-capacity(or 30)- ..

**** Check the output voltage of terminal socket

during heating operation

***** Checking method for outdoor unit of 3unit system

(Main + Sub1 + Sub2)

Close all the SVC valves of high / low pressure common pipe

Operate system

Check the difference of high and low pressure with

LGMV for each unit (Main, Sub1, Sub2)

If there is a unit in which the difference is not increased then the 4way valve of that unit is defective

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 297 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

152,153

(Sub3)

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

Excessive rise of the constant compressor discharge temperature

Constant speed compressor Off due to the excessive rise in discharge temp

Refer to CH33

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

155(Sub3)

Outdoor 3 phase power supply wiring wrong (Reverse phase / Phase omission)

Wrong wiring at the outdoor 3 phase(Reverse phase / Phase omission)

Refer to CH54

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

156(Sub3)

Transmission error between outdoor units

Transmission error between outdoor units

104 (Main outdoor unit is not receiving sub outdoor unit s signals)

Refer to CH104

147, 149, 171 (Sub outdoor units are not receiving main unit signals)

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

157(Sub3) High pressure sensor error

Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement ( Open / Short )

Refer to CH43

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

158(Sub3) Low pressure sensor error

Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement( Open / Short )

Refer to CH42

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

159(Sub3)

Outdoor unit air temperature sensor error

Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement( Open / Short )

Refer to CH44

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

161(Sub3)

Compressor suction temperature error

Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement ( Open / Short )

Refer to CH46

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 298 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

162 (Sub3 constant compressor1)

163 (Sub3 constant compressor2)

Compressor discharge pipe temperature sensor error

Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement ( Open /

Short )

Refer to CH41

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

164 (Sub3 HEX A)

165 (Sub3 HEX B)

Pipe sensor error of the main and sub units heat exchanger (A,B)

Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement ( Open /

Short )

Refer to CH45

Error No.

166(Sub3)

Error Type Error Point

Sensor error at the outdoor liquid refrigerant pipe

Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement( Open /

Short )

Main Reasons

Refer CH113

Error No.

Error Type Error Point

167 (Sub3 sub-cooling inlet)

168 (Sub3 sub-cooling outlet)

Outdoor unit sub-cooling sensor error at inlet / outlet

Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement( Open /

Short )

Main Reasons

Refer to CH114

Error No.

169(Sub3)

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

Excessive rise in high pressure

Compressor Off due to the high pressure sensor

Refer to CH34

Error No.

170(Sub3)

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

Excessive low pressure drop

Compressor Off due to the low pressure sensor

Refer to CH35

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

171(Sub3)

Excessive Low voltage /

High voltage

1. Input voltage in the installation region = 3phase

380V±10%

2. Single phase = 220V ±10%

Refer to CH25

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 299 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

172(Sub3)

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

Outdoor voltage sensing error

Abnormal resistance value of sensor measurement

( Open / Short )

Refer to CH49

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

173

(MAIN constant)

174, 175

(sub1 constant 1,2)

176, 177

(sub2 constant 1,2)

Abnormal staring of constant compressor

Over-increase of temperature after constant compressor starts

• Defect of constant compressor

• Defect of discharge temperature sensor

• Defect of outdoor temperature sensor

• Defect of outdoor PCB

• Defect of magnet switch

• Wrong connection of constant compressor cables

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

Is resistance value

(insulation & phase to phase)

of corresponding constant compressor normal ?

[refer electric component part]

Yes

No

Replace constant compressor

No

Is cables ’ connection of compressor normal?

*

Yes

Adjust connection of cables

Is discharge temperature sensor of compressor normal? [refer electric component part]

Yes

Is magnet switch normal? [refer electric component part]

Yes

No

Replace discharge temperature sensor

No

Replace magnet switch

Is outdoor air temperature

sensor normal?

Yes

Replace outdoor unit PCB

No

Replace outdoor air temperature sensor

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 300 -

* cables connection between constant compressor

and magnetic switch

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

200 Pipe detection error

After the Auto operation, if the number of the indoor units detected is different from the number communicating indoor unit

1. HR unit’s power cable or transmission cable connection defect

2. After Auto-Addressing, wrong address setting of the indoor unit (Defective indoor power / transmission error and PCB defect)

3. Wrong setting of the HR unit’s rotary switch or dip switch

4. HR unit PCB defect

HR: Heat Recovery

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

1) Check the periodic blinking of the HR unit’s green LED (transmission LED )

2) When green LED (transmission LED) of HR unit blinks regularly,

2.1) Check input power of HR unit.(220V±10%)

2.2) After reset of power of outdoor, wait for more than 30 minutes, temperature of pipes will be cool down then,

Do Auto-Addressing

2.2) While power of HR unit is on, check total indoors display ‘CH05’ or not.(Refer to CH05)

3) When green LED (transmission LED) of HR unit blinks regularly, Check setting of rotary switch and Dip switch,

After reset of power of outdoor and HR unit, wait for more than 30 minutes, temperature of pipes will be cool dow then, Do Auto-Addressing *

4) If indoor unit quantity is different between installed quantity and quantity which check thru piping searching, check pipe installation condition

Outdoor unit

HR unit

Indoor unit

5) If indoor unit has not been connected to #1 valve of HR unit, set pipes of HR unit manually**

6) If it is not applied as above, set pipes of HR unit as manual

[NB] How to check display method of outdoor Main PCB 7-segment ?:

'88'

Indoor qty which check thru 'Auto-Addressing'

'88'

Indoor qty which check thru ‘piping checking'

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 301 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Auto-addressing of valves flow chart

Check that No.1 S/W of SW02M on HR unit PCB is turned off

Check that No.2 and 3 of SW02M on HR unit PCB corresponds to HR unit model (No.4 ~ No.8 Off)

Turn on the power of outdoor unit, HR unit and indoor unit

Wait for 3 minute

Press SW02M of outdoor unit main PCB for 5 seconds

'88' is displayed on outdoor unit main PCB and HR unit PCB

CAUTION:

- Auto-addressing may not be normally completed according to installing situation and ambient temperature.

In this case, manually address the valves of the HR unit.

- The number of indoor units found by an HR unit is displayed on 7-SEG of the HR unit for 30 seconds when the outdoor unit is turned off after auto-addressing.

- When auto-addressing is completed successfully, N1 and

N2 displayed on 7-SEG of the outdoor unit should be equal.

- Auto-addressing is not applicable in case of valve group control.

If you want to do automatic addressing again after automatic addressing fails, wait more than 10 minutes.

(Do automatic addressing after pipes are cool down sufficiently.)

After about 5 minutes, the number of indoor units in communication are displayed on outdoor unit main

PCB for 30 seconds

Are the number of indoor units connected to the outdoor unit wiring and displayed one(N1) equal?

Yes

Are the number displayed with H after 30 seconds and that of HR units Installed equal?

Yes

'88' is displayed on the outdoor unit main PCB

Outdoor unit runs in heating mode for about 2~7 minutes

The number of indoor units found is displayed on the outdoor unit main PCB for 30 seconds after the outdoor unit stops

No

No

Immediately turn off the power of outdoor, HR and indoor units

Check power and communication wiring between outdoor, HR and indoor units

Retry auto-addressing after checking trouble

Incompletion of auto-addressing

Addressing error 200 occurs after 30 seconds

Are the number of indoor units connected to the outdoor unit piping and displayed one(N2)

equal?

Yes

End of auto-addressing

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

No

Check the piping between outdoor, HR and indoor units

Retry auto-addressing after checking trouble

- 302 -

Incompletion of auto-addressing

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Manual valve addressing flow chart

Check that No.1 S/W of SW02M on HR unit PCB is turned on

Check that No.2 and 3 of SW02M on HR unit PCB corresponds to HR unit model

Turn on the power of outdoor unit, HR unit and indoor unit

Wait for 3 minute

Press SW02M of outdoor unit main PCB for 5 seconds

'88' is displayed on outdoor unit main PCB and HR unit PCB

After about 5 minutes, the number of indoor units in communication are displayed on outdoor unit main

PCB for 30 seconds

Are the number of indoor units connected to the outdoor unit wiring and displayed one(N1)

equal?

Yes

Are the number displayed with H after a while and that of

HR units Installed equal?

Yes

Enter central control address into each indoor unit using its wired remote control.

No

No

On the HR unit PCB, manually set the address of each valve of an HR unit to the central control address of indoor unit connected to the valve.

Are all the blue LED's corresponding to valves connected to indoor units turned on after a minute?

End of manual addressing

Yes

No

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 303 -

Immediately turn off the power of outdoor, HR and indoor units

Check power and communication wiring between outdoor, HR and indoor units

Retry indoor unit auto-addressing after checking trouble

Sequence of 2 processes must not change.

Check that the central control address in every indoor unit and the valve address of every HR unit are properly inputted

CAUTION:

If an error is occurred on outdoor unit, manual addressing is not normally completed.

Try manual addressing after checking and confirming there is no error.

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Manual valve addressing example

(In case that an indoor unit of central control address "11" is connected to a valve #1 of an

HR unit)

• Prerequisite for manual valve addressing: central control address of each indoor unit must be preset differently at its wired remote control

No.

Display and setup Setup and Contents

1

7-SEG SW01M SW03M SW04M

• Operation: None

• Display: None

2

3

4

5

7-SEG SW01M SW03M SW04M

• Operation: Turn dip S/W01M No.1 on to address valve #1

• Display: Existing value saved in EEPROM is displayed in

7-SEG.

7-SEG SW01M

SW03M

SW04M

• Operation: Set the digit of 10 to the number in Group High data of the wired remote control connected to the corresponding indoor unit to the valve #1 by pressing left tack S/W03M.

• Display: Digit increasing with the times of pressing tack

S/W03M is displayed in left 7-SEG

7-SEG SW01M SW03M

SW04M

• Operation: Set the digit of 1 to the number in Group Low data of the wired remote control connected to the corresponding indoor unit to the valve #1 by pressing right tack S/W04M.

• Display: Digit increasing with the times of pressing tack

S/W04M is displayed in right 7-SEG

7-SEG SW01M SW03M SW04M

• Operation: Turn dip S/W No.1 off to save the address of valve #1

• Display: "11" displayed in 7-SEG disappears

- Above setup must be done for all HR unit valves.

- The valve that is not connected with any indoor unit should be addressed with any other number than used address numbers of the valves connected with indoor units.

(The valves does not work if the address numbers are same.)

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 304 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Checking valve address

(In case that an indoor unit of central control address '11' is connected to a valve #1 of an

HR unit)

No.

Display and Setup Setup and Contents

1

• Operation: Turn dip S/W01M No.1 on.

• Display: "11" is displayed in 7-SEG

7-SEG SW01M

2

• Operation: Turn dip S/W01M No.1 off.

• 7-SEG disappeared

7-SEG SW01M

Dip switch function

1. Main function of SW02M

SW02M

ON S/W

No.1

No.2

No.3

No.4

No.5

No.6

No.7

No.8

Selection

Method for addressing valves of an HR unit (Auto/Manual)

Model of HR unit

Model of HR unit

Not used

Not used

Not used

Use only in factory production (preset to “OFF”)

Use only in factory production (preset to “OFF”)

1) Selection of the method for addressing valves of an HR unit (Auto/Manual)

Switch No.1 Off Switch No.1 On

Manual

Auto

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 305 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

2) Selection of the model of the HR unit

(For 2 rooms)

PRHR020

(For 3 rooms)

PRHR040

(For 4 rooms)

PRHR040

Each model is shipped with the switches No.2 and No.3 pre-adjusted as above in the factory.

3) Selection of the valve group

Valve group control is the function for connecting 2 valves of an HR unit with an indoor unit of large capacity(More than12kw) using a Y-branch.

No. valve group

Valve #1 and #2 in group control

Valve #2 and #3 in group control

Valve #3 and #4 in group control

Valve #1 and #2,

Valve #3 and #4 in group control

HR unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

HR unit

Indoor unit

Large indoor unit

Indoor unit

HR unit

Large indoor unit

Large indoor unit

HR unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Large indoor unit

HR unit

Notice:

If you installed by valve grouping you need to use manual addressing.

Large indoor unit

Indoor unit

Indoor unit

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 306 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

201(HR unit1)

205(HR unit2)

209(HR unit3)

213(HR unit4)

217(HR unit5)

221(HR unit6)

225(HR unit7)

229(HR unit8)

HR unit liquid pipe temperature sensor error

Abnormal value of sensor measurement (Open / Short)

• Defective temperature sensor connection

• Defective temperature sensor

(Open/Short)

• Defective outdoor unit PCB

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

202(HR unit1)

206(HR unit2)

210(HR unit3)

214(HR unit4)

218(HR unit5)

222(HR unit6)

226(HR unit7)

230(HR unit8)

HR unit

Sub-cooling inlet pipe temperature sensor error

Abnormal value of sensor measurement(Open / Short )

• Defective temperature sensor connection

• Defective temperature sensor

(Open/Short)

• Defective outdoor unit PCB

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

203(HR unit1)

207(HR unit2)

211(HR unit3)

215(HR unit4)

219(HR unit5)

223(HR unit6)

227(HR unit7)

231(HR unit8)

HR unit

Sub-cooling discharge pipe temperature sensor error

Abnormal value of sensor measurement(Open / Short)

• Defective temperature sensor connection

• Defective temperature sensor

(Open/Short)

• Defective outdoor unit PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

1) Check connection condition of temperature sensor and lead cable

2) Is value of temperature sensor normal? If not replace sensor

- Piping temperature sensor : 10°C = 10k

: 25°C= 5k

: 50°C= 1.8k

3) If connection of sensor and value is correct, replace outdoor unit PCB

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 307 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

204(HR unit1)

208(HR unit2)

212(HR unit3)

216(HR unit4)

220(HR unit5)

224(HR unit6)

228(HR unit7)

232(HR unit8)

Transmission error between the HR unit and outdoor unit

Transmission error between the HR unit and outdoor unit

1. Defective connection in HR unit power supply and transmission connection

2. Wrong setting of the HR unit Rotary switch and Dip switch

3. Defective HR unit PCB

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

1) Check connection between power cables and transmission cables, check transmission green LED blink of HR unit PCB

2) If transmission green LED blink of HR unit PCB is normal, check setting of rotary switch of HR unit and Dip switch(Refer to CH200),

Reset power of outdoor and HR unit

(If transmission error of HR unit occurs, it can’t be released until reset of outdoor power)

3) If transmission green LED blink of HR unit PCB is abnormal(not blinking,just on), check transmission condition of total indoor units(Refer to CH05)

If transmission green LED blink of HR unit PCB is abnormal(not blinking, just on) even if transmission condition is normal, replace HR unit PCB

[NB] If Indoor units/transmission cables of HR unit and cables of power 220V has been changed each other, transmission parts and indoor will be burnt

HR Unit PCB

Green LED blinking: transmission is normal

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 308 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

240

Central controller connector error

(CNU Connection failure)

Transmission failure between central controller and CNU

1. Defective transmission connection

2. Defective CNU

3. Incorrect IP address of central controller or CNU

4. Defective transmission network

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

1) Check transmission cables are connected correctly or not

2) If central controller is connected to total network, check IP of CNU, central controller

3) Replace CNU

Error

No.

Error Type

241

Central controller data transmission error (Sending error)

Error Point

Central controller to CNU data transmission failure

Main Reasons

1. Defective CNU

2. Center controller initialization failure

Error

No.

Error Type

242

Central controller receive Error

(Data receiving error )

Error Point Main Reasons

CNU to Central controller on time data receiving error

1. Defective CNU

2. Central controller initialization error

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point

243

Central controller receive buffer overflow (In excess data receive)

When data length from

CNU is longer than data length defined at protocol

Main Reasons

1. Mismatching

2. Defective CNU

3. transmission noise error

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

244

Central controller receive time out

(Receiving time : 3sec

)

Transmission failure between central controller and CNU

1. Defective CNU

2. Initialization failure of central controller

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point

245

Central controller Send Timeout

Data sending failure from central controller to CNU within designated time

1. CNU defect

Main Reasons

2. Initialization failure of central controller

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

246

Central controller Receive

Timeout

Data receiving failure of central controller from CNU within designated time

1. CNU defect

2. Initialization failure of central controller

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 309 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Troubleshooting Guide

Error

No.

Error Type

250

Central controller

Check sum Error

Error Point Main Reasons

Received check sum is different from calculated check sum data

1. NOISE occurs

2. CNU defect

3. Temporary error of Timing mismatch

4. A/C product defect

Error

No.

Error Type

251

Central controller

Receive Zero Error

Error Point

Length of received data : 0

Main Reasons

1. NOISE occurs

2. CNU defect

3. Temporary error of Timing mismatch

4. A/C product defect

Error

No.

Error Type Error Point Main Reasons

252

Central controller

Wrong Address Error

Setting address and actual address are different each other

1. NOISE occurs

2. CNU defect

3. Temporary error of Timing mismatch

4. A/C product defect

Error diagnosis and countermeasure flow chart

1) Check system setting address of central controller and actual address is matched or not

2) Re-start service program(engine) of central controller

3) Replace CNU

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 310 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Part 7

Exploded view

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 311 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

TE (Standard model)

354211

130412

330860

249951

W49810

352118

352115

THERMISTOR 2

263230B

263230C

THERMISTOR 3

268711D

268711C

263230A

THERMISTOR

135511

158591

148000

158580

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

263230A Air

263230B Eva. IN

263230C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 312 -

346810

359012

140570

130911A

130911B

352150

130911C

W50011

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

TE (Plasma model)

266090

354211

Exploded View

130412

159830

249951

268713

268714

263230A

THERMISTOR 1

135511

W49810

352118

55211G

THERMISTOR 2

263230B

263230C

THERMISTOR 3

148000

158580

130911A

158591

130911C

346810

359012

140570

130911A

330870

THERMISTOR 1 263230A

THERMISTOR 2 263230B

Air

Eva. IN

THERMISTOR 3 263230C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 313 -

130911C

352150

130911B

W50011

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

TH (Standard model)

130412

W50011

W6851

739205

158591

349600

354211

148000

158580

W49810

354212

330870

THERMISTOR 2

263230B

263230C

THERMISTOR 3

359012

140570

130911A

352115

352118

346810

330860

349480

130911C

130911C

130911B

352150

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

263230A Air

263230B Eva. IN

263230C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 314 -

249951

268711C

THERMISTOR 1

263230A

268711D

135511

130400

W0FZZ

W6640

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

TH (Plasma model)

130412

W50011

W6851

739205

158591

349600

354211

148000

158580

W49810

354212

330870

THERMISTOR 2

263230B

263230C

THERMISTOR 3

359012

140570

130911A

352115

352118

346810

330860

349480

130911C

130911C

130911B

352150

THERMISTOR 1 263230A

THERMISTOR 2 263230B

Air

Eva. IN

THERMISTOR 3 263230C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 315 -

159830

249951

268711C

THERMISTOR 1

263230A

268711D

135511

130400

266090

W0FZZ

W6640

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

TD1 (Standard model)

130412

W50011

W0CZZ

W6851

158591

158580

349600

148000

W49810

354211

354212

330870

THERMISTOR 2

263230B

263230C

THERMISTOR 3

359012

140570

130911A

352115

352118

346810

330860

349480

130911C

130911C

130911B

352150

249951

268711C

THERMISTOR 1

263230A

268711D

135511

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

263230A

263230B

263230C

Air

Eva. IN

Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 316 -

130400

W0FZZ

W6640

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

TD1 (Plasma model)

130412

W50011

W0CZZ

W6851

158591

349600

354211

148000

158580

W49810

354212

330870

THERMISTOR 2

263230B

263230C

THERMISTOR 3

359012

140570

130911A

352115

352118

346810

330860

349480

130911C

130911C

130911B

352150

THERMISTOR 1 263230A

THERMISTOR 2 263230B

Air

Eva. IN

THERMISTOR 3 263230C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 317 -

159830

249951

268711C

THERMISTOR 1

263230A

268711D

135511

130400

266090

W0FZZ

W6640

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

TJ (Standard model)

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

567480A

567480B

567480C

Air

Eva. IN

Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 318 -

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

TJ (Plasma model)

Exploded View

THERMISTOR 1 567480A

THERMISTOR 2 567480B

Air

Eva. IN

THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 319 -

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

TL (Standard model)

268711D

268711C

359011

330870

W0FZZ

249951

W6640

354210A

352150

158591

354210B

352116

354212

55211G

346810

342800

567480A

THERMISTOR 1

567480B

THERMISTOR 2

567480C

THERMISTOR 3

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

567480A

567480B

567480C

Air

Eva. IN

Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 320 -

130911

W50011

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

TL (Plasma model)

268711D

268711C

359011

266090

W0FZZ

249951

W6640

354210A

330870

352150

158591

159830

354210B

352116

354212

55211G

346810

342800

567480A

THERMISTOR 1

567480B

THERMISTOR 2

567480C

THERMISTOR 3

THERMISTOR 1 567480A

THERMISTOR 2 567480B

Air

Eva. IN

THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 321 -

130911

W50011

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

BH

137213B

W1JK

346810

348601

359012

336610A

336610B

137214

349600

147901

W3001

W50011

437212B

437212A

354210

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

567480A Air

567480B Eva. IN

567480C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 322 -

137213A

THERMISTOR 2

567480B

THERMISTOR 3

567480C

W0FFZ

567480A

THERMISTOR 1

268711C

268711D

W6640

249951

152302

352118

352115

330870

158591

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

BG

W3001

W50011

137213B

W1JK

359012

346810

137214

349600

346810

336610A

336610B

359012

147901

354210

137213-1

THERMISTOR 2 THERMISTOR 3

567480B

567480C

W0FZZ

261704

268711D

567480A

THERMISTOR 1

268711C

268711E

W6640

249951

152302

352118

55211G

330870

437212B

THERMISTOR 1 567480A

THERMISTOR 2 567480B

Air

Eva. IN

THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 323 -

437212A

158591

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

BR

W1JK

336610A 336610B

137214

346810

349600

W3001

W50011

147901

354210

437212B

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

567480A

567480B

567480C

Air

Eva. IN

Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 324 -

437212A

359012

249951

THERMISTOR 2

567480B

THERMISTOR 3

567480C

W0FZZ

W6640

567480A

THERMISTOR 1

352118

268711C

268711D

268711E

261704

152302

55211G

330870

158591

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

B1

W4811

567480B

THERMISTOR 2

567480C

THERMISTOR 3

152302

336600B

359012

336600A

346810B

354210

354212

55211G

W0FZZ

249951

268711A

346810A

359012

567480A

THERMISTOR 1

352118

268711B

W6640

330870

THERMISTOR 1 567480A

THERMISTOR 2 567480B

Air

Eva. IN

THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

437213

- 325 -

158591

352150

137211

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

B2

W4811

567480B

THERMISTOR 2

567480C

THERMISTOR 3

336600B

3590001

346810

336600A

354210

354212

330870

437213

137211

55211G

249951

W0FZZ

268711A

567480A

THERMISTOR 1

268711B

W6640

352118

158591

352150

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

567480A Air

567480B Eva. IN

567480C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 326 -

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

CE (WITH CASE)

W3110

237204

352116

135500

352115

135304

749740B

135304

749740A

135500

Exploded View

137213

246810A

354210

354212

W3110

330870

359012B

268711E

246810B

336600A

359012A

336600B

268711C

W0FZZ

249951 W6640

137211

147780

152302

W6631A W6631B

W6631C

567480A

THERMISTOR 1

567480B

THERMISTOR 2

W6631D 567480C

THERMISTOR 3

THERMISTOR 1 567480A Air

THERMISTOR 2 567480B Eva. IN

THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 327 -

152302

147780

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

CE (WITHOUT CASE)

352115

352116

354210

330870

354212

359012

359001

336600A

336600B

W0FZZ

W6631A W6631B

W6631C

567480A

THERMISTOR 1

W6631D

567480B

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

567480A

567480B

567480C

Air

Eva. IN

Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

152302

567480C

THERMISTOR 3

152302

- 328 -

268714

W6640

249951

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

CF (WITH CASE)

137213

135500

749740A

W3110

Exploded View

749740B

W6631A W6631B

W6631C

W6631D

135304

237204

W3110

135500

354210

352118

352115

330870

354212

137213

137211

567480A

THERMISTOR 1

567480B

THERMISTOR 2

567480C

THERMISTOR 3

THERMISTOR 1 567480A

THERMISTOR 2 567480B

Air

Eva. IN

THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

246810

359012B

336600A

246810

W6640

336600B

268711E

359012A

147780

152302

- 329 -

W0FZZ

268711B

147780

249951 237204

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

CF (WITHOUT CASE)

352116

354210

352115

359012

330870

354212

359001

W6631A W6631B

W6631C

W6631D

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

567480A

567480B

567480C

Air

Eva. IN

Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

152302

- 330 -

336600A

152302

W6640

336600B

249951

268711

268714

567480A

THERMISTOR 1

567480B

THERMISTOR 2

567480C

THERMISTOR 3

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

SE1 (Standard)

135312

152302

131410 733010

342800

354212

354210

359011

135311

147581

346810

135516

352116

249951

268711A

146811

THERMISTOR 1 567480A

THERMISTOR 2 567480B

Air + Eva. IN

Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 331 -

352150

W6640

268711C

THERMISTOR 1

567480A

THERMISTOR 2

567480B

W0FZZ

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

SE1 (Plasma)

135312

152302

342800

354212

354210

359011

135311

159830

147581

352116

249951

268711A

352150

146811

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

567480A

567480B

Air + Eva. IN

Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 332 -

W6640

268711C

131410 733010

346810

135516

266090

THERMISTOR 1

567480A

THERMISTOR 2

567480B

W0FZZ

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

S5 (Standard)

135316

152301

131410 733010

342800

354212

354210

359011

135311

147581

352115

352118

346810

135516

268711A

352150

146811

249951

THERMISTOR 1 567480A

THERMISTOR 2 567480B

Air + Eva. IN

Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 333 -

W6640

268711C

THERMISTOR 1

567480A

THERMISTOR 2

567480B

W0FZZ

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

S5 (Plasma)

135316

152301

131410 733010

342800

354212

354210

359011

135311

147581

159830

352115

352118

249951

268711A

352150

146811

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

567480A

567480B

Air + Eva. IN

Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 334 -

W6640

268711C

346810

135516

266090

THERMISTOR 1

567480A

THERMISTOR 2

567480B

W0FZZ

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

SP

Exploded View

THERMISTOR 1 567480A

THERMISTOR 2 567480B

Air + Eva. IN

Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 335 -

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

SV

268711B

249951

330870

349490

135500C

268711C

268711A

352380B

352380A

147582

146811

135311A

131410

135500B

146811

147582

359012B

346810B

346810A

359012A

147581

135311C

135500A

146811

135311B

354212

354210

352115

352116

159830

35211B

135313

152302

352150

135316

567480A

THERMISTOR 1

567480B

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

567480A

567480B

Air + Eva. IN

Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 336 -

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

SE (DELUXE)

135316

152302

137211

263230

THERMISTOR 2

268711A

131410 733010

342800

135311

354212

354210

359011

35211B

346810

135516

266090

147581

146811

W6640

249951

THERMISTOR 1 567480A Air

THERMISTOR 2 263230 Eva. IN

THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 337 -

W0FZZ

567480A

567480C

268711B

THERMISTOR 3

THERMISTOR 1

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

S3

152302

146811A

135316

668711D

146811A

268711D

135313

268711A

567480A

THERMISTOR 1

567480B

THERMISTOR 2

733010

159830

359011

354212

342800

352150

352115

352116

35211B

146811B

147581

135311

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

567480A

567480B

Air + Eva. IN

Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 338 -

135500

131410

346810

249951

266090

W0FZZ

268711B

249941

W6640 268711C

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

VE (Convertible type)

137211

135313

152302

268711A

Exploded View

147581

135310

146811

733010

330870

266000

346810

W4810

THERMISTOR 1 567480A

330780

359011

342800

354210

352150

135500

THERMISTOR 1

567480A

352115

131410

352116

35211B

268711C

268711D

669010

567480B

THERMISTOR 2

266000

135511

567480C

THERMISTOR 3

Air

THERMISTOR 2 567480B Eva. IN

THERMISTOR 3 567480C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 339 -

135511

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

VJ (Convertible type)

137211

152312

237202

152312

354212

354210

135303

147911

135515A

336600A

346810

359012

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

567480A Air

567480B Eva. IN

567480C Eva. OUT

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

336600B

- 340 -

147581

249310

146811

135310

55211G

352118

249951

135511

268711D

268711B

W3110 268711A

669010

THERMISTOR 1

567480A

THERMISTOR 2

567480B

THERMISTOR 3

567480C

135515B

352150

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : white

Housing color : red

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

UW1

Main Unit

261704A

W0CZZA

268711C

261704B

268711D

W6631A

W6640B

COMP

649950A 268711-7

268711-9

566001

W6640A

W6200

COMP

566001

268200

W0FZZA

W0FZZB

268711-8

W6631B

W6640C

649950B

261704D

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 341 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

UW1

Sub Unit

W0CZZB

566001

566001

W6631B

W6631C

COMP COMP

649950C

268711D

261704D

W6640C

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 342 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

UW1 (Heat pump _main & sub model)

435512

137213B

437211

435310

559010

546810

349600

554030B

552115B

W5210B

263230B

(THERMISTOR 2)

554030A

552115A

352114A

352111B

346811

552204A

561410B

554030C

552115C

W5210B

554030D

552115D

352114B

352111B

263230C

(THERMISTOR 3)

437212

551410D

552204B

561410A

552202

552200A

552201B

566000

W52240E

W52240D

554160A

548490

553000A

552201A

165010B

561410C

552204A

552202

165010A

W52240B

661400

552200B

W52240C

552102

W52240A

552201A

566000

352111

263230A

(THERMISTOR 1)

552102

W52240A

554160B

435312

137213A

552203C

552203B

553000B

552203A

THERMISTOR 1 263230A

THERMISTOR 2 263230B

Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT

Inv. Discharge Pipe + HEX (Front) + HEX (back)

THERMISTOR 3 263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 343 -

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : purple

Housing color : black

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

UW1 (cooling only_main & sub model)

435512

137213B

435310

559010

546810

349600

554030B

552115B

W5210B

263230B

(THERMISTOR 2)

554030A

552115A

352114A

352111B

346811

552204A

561410B

435312

554030C

552115C

W5210B

554030D

552115D

352114B

352111B

263230C

(THERMISTOR 3)

437212

552204B

551410D

137213A

437211

W52240D

554160A

548490

553000A

566000

552201A

561410C

552204A

552102

W52240A

165010A

165010B

552201A

566000

661400

552200B

W52240C

263230A

(THERMISTOR 1)

352111

552102

W52240A

554160B

552203C

552203B

553000B

552203A

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

263230A Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT

263230B Inv. Discharge Pipe

263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 344 -

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : purple

Housing color : black

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

UW1 (sync._Main & sub model)

435512

137213B

437211

435310

559010

546810

349600

554030B

552115B

W5210B

263230B

(THERMISTOR 2)

554030A

552115A

352114A

352111B

346811

552204A

561410B

554030C

552115C

W5210B

554030D

552115D

352114B

352111B

263230C

(THERMISTOR 3)

437212

551410D

552204B

561410A

552202

552200A

561410E

552204C

552200A

W52240E

W52240D

566000

554160A

548490

553000A

552201A

165010B

561410C

552202

165010A

552204A

W52240B

661400

552200B

W52240C

552102

W52240A

552201A

566000

352111

263230A

(THERMISTOR 1)

552102

W52240A

554160B

435312

137213A

552203C

552203B

553000B

552203A

THERMISTOR 1 263230A

THERMISTOR 2 263230B

Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT

Inv. Discharge Pipe + HEX (Front) + HEX (back)

THERMISTOR 3 263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 345 -

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : purple

Housing color : black

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

UY2

Main Unit

261704A

566001

W0CZZB

268711C

261704B

W6631A

268711D

268711-8

268711-7

649950A

W6640A

W6640C

W0FZZA

268200

W0FZZB

W6640C

W6640B

W6631C

261704D

268711-9

649950B

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 346 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

UY2

Sub Unit

W0CZZA

649950C

W6640B

W6640B

566001

261704D

W6640C

268711D

649950C

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 347 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

UY2 (Heat pump_main model)

137213A

435310

437211

435512

435312

554030A

552115A

352114A

352111B

554030B

552115B

W5210B

263230B

559010

546810

349600

552200B

661400

263230A

(THERMISTOR 1)

W52240C

566000

W52240

552102

346811

437212

552200A

552201

165010B

165010A

W52240E

552204A

561410B

W52240A

554160

553000

263230C

(THERMISTOR 3)

552202

561410A

552204B

561410C

554030C

552115C

W5210B

554030D

552115D

352114B

352111B

137213B

W52240B

W52240D

548490

352111

552203B

552203A

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

263230A Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT

263230B Inv. Discharge Pipe + HEX (Front) + HEX (back)

263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 348 -

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : purple

Housing color : black

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

UY2 (Heat pump_sub model)

137213A

435310

437211

435512

435312

554030A

552115A

352114A

352111B

554030B

552115B

W5210B

263230B

559010

546810

349600

552200B

661400

263230A

(THERMISTOR 1)

W52240C

566000

W52240

552102

552201

W52240A

437212

552200A

165010B

165010A

W52240E

552204A

561410B

554160

553000

263230C

(THERMISTOR 3)

552202

561410A

552204B

561410C

554030C

552115C

W5210B

554030D

552115D

352114B

352111B

137213B

W52240B

W52240D

548490

552203C

552203B

552203A

THERMISTOR 1 263230A Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT

THERMISTOR 2 263230B Inv. Discharge Pipe

THERMISTOR 3 263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 349 -

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : purple

Housing color : black

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

UY2 (cooling only_main model)

137213A

554030A

552115A

352114A

352111B

554030B

552115B

W5210B

263230B

559010

546810

349600

435310

552200B

661400

346811

435512

435312

263230C

(THERMISTOR 3)

554030C

552115C

W5210B

554030D

552115D

352114B

352111B

137213B

437212

165010A

552204B

561410C

165010B

W52240C

437211

263230A

(THERMISTOR 1)

W52240E

566000

W52240A

552102

554160

553000

W52240B

552204A

561410B

W52240E

548490

352111

552203B

552203A

THERMISTOR 1

THERMISTOR 2

THERMISTOR 3

263230A Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT

263230B Inv. Discharge Pipe + HEX (Front) + HEX (back)

263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 350 -

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : purple

Housing color : black

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

UY2 (cooling only_sub model)

137213A

554030A

552115A

352114A

352111B

554030B

552115B

W5210B

263230B

559010

546810

349600

435310

552200B

661400

435512

435312

263230C

(THERMISTOR 3)

554030C

552115C

W5210B

554030D

552115D

352114B

352111B

137213B

437212

165010A

552204B

561410C

165010B

W52240C

437211

263230A

(THERMISTOR 1)

W52240E

566000

W52240A

552102

554160

553000

W52240B

552204A

561410B

W52240E

548490

552203C

552203B

552203A

THERMISTOR 1 263230A

THERMISTOR 2 263230B

Liquid Pipe + Sub Cooler IN + Sub Cooler OUT

Inv. Discharge Pipe

THERMISTOR 3 263230C Air + Suction Pipe + Const. Discharge Pipe

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 351 -

Housing color : yellow

Housing color : purple

Housing color : black

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

HR UNIT / 40

261704

561410D

561410C

561410B

561410A

561410H

561410G

561410F

561410E

561410J

137213A

268711B

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 352 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

HR UNIT / 30

261704

561410C

561410B

561410A

561410G

561410F

561410E

561410J

137213A

268711B

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 353 -

LGE Internal Use Only

Exploded View

HR UNIT / 20

261704

561410B

561410A

561410G

561410F

561410E

137213A

268711B

Copyright ©2008 LG Electronics. Inc. All right reserved.

Only for training and service purposes

- 354 -

LGE Internal Use Only

P/NO : 3828A24006G January, 2008

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals